EPA-600/3-76-116
December 1976
Ecological Research Series
               VALIDITY OF LABORATORY  TESTS FOR
                    PREDICTING  COPPER TOXICITY  IN
                                                STREAMS
                                                       •I
                                       Environmental Research Laboratory
                                      Office of Research and Development
                                      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                            Duluth, Minnesota  55804

-------
                 RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES

 Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency,  have been grouped into  five series. These five broad
 categories were established to facilitate further development and application of
 environmental technology. Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
 planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
 The five series are:

      1,.    Environmental Health Effects Research
      2.    Environmental Protection Technology
      3.    Ecological Research
      4.    Environmental Monitoring
      5.    Socioeconomic Environmental Studies

 Th is report has been assigned to the ECOLOGICAL RESEARCH series. This series
 describes research on the  effects  of pollution  on  humans, plant and animal
 species, and  materials.  Problems  are assessed for their  long- and short-term
 influences. Investigations include formation, transport, and pathway studies to
 determine the fate of pollutants and their effects. This work provides the technical
 basis for setting standards to minimize undesirable changes in living organisms
 in the aquatic, terrestrial, and  atmospheric environments.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                             EPA-600/3-76-116
                                             December 1976
VALIDITY OF LABORATORY TESTS FOR PREDICTING
         COPPER TOXICITY IN STREAMS
                      By

         Jack R. Geckler (Deceased)

             William B. Horning
            Timothy M. Neiheisel
            Quentin H. Pickering
             Ernest L. Robinson

       Newtown Fish Toxicology Station
   Environmental Research Laboratory-Duluth
           Cincinnati, Ohio  45244

             Charles E. Stephan

   Environmental Research Laboratory-Duluth
           Duluth, Minnesota  55804
  ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY-DULUTH
     OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
    U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          DULUTH, MINNESOTA  55804

-------
                                  DISCLAIMER
     This report has been reviewed  by the  Environmental  Research Laboratory-Duluth,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  and  approved  for publication.   Mention
of trade names or commercial products does not  constitute  endorsement or
recommendation for use.
                                    11

-------
                                   FOREWORD

     The research described in this report was completed to determine if
laboratory-based predictions of the effects of a pollutant in a natural
waterway are valid.  The effort was one of the largest of its kind that we
know of and required many years and resources to complete.

     While many new questions were raised, the work has served two purposes.
First, we found that even though this stream was a complex system, our
laboratory-based estimate of effects from the exposure concentration was not
far off but somewhat low.  Second, the observations made during the study
provided a basis for establishing priorities for further research in many
areas thereby improving the effectiveness of other programs.

     We feel the results of this study provide to EPA confidence that the
bioassay data base being generated in our laboratories can be used with
confidence as a basis for regulatory action in natural waterways.
                                       Donald I. Mount,  Ph.D.
                                       Director
                                       Environmental  Research  Laboratory-Duluth
                                       Duluth, Minnesota
                                   iii

-------
                                   ABSTRACT

     A field study was conducted on Shayler Run,  in Clermont County, Ohio, to
determine the effects of copper on the stream biota.   Copper was added to the
stream for 33 months to maintain a concentration  of 120 yg/Z.,  a concentration
that was expected to adversely affect some species  of  fish and  not others.  This
natural stream received sewage effluent containing  a variety of compounds known
to affect acute copper toxicity.   All but  one abundant species  of fish in the
stream and four of the five most abundant  macroinvertebrates were adversely
affected by exposure to copper.   Direct effects on  fish were death,  avoidance,
and restricted spawning.

     To determine the usefulness of laboratory toxicity tests when establishing
water quality criteria for an aquatic ecosystem,  acute and chronic tests with
copper were conducted at the Newtown Fish  Toxicology Station and on-site at
Shayler Run with stream species and the fathead minnow.   The acute toxicity of
copper varied widely because of water quality variations in the stream.   The
chronic tests underestimated the in-stream toxicity by about two times because
only the effects of copper on survival,  growth, and reproduction were measured
but avoidance was not and it was a significant effect  in the stream.  Agreement
between the predictions from laboratory toxicity  tests and the  observed  effect
is surprisingly close considering the measurement errors involved.
                                    iv

-------
                              CONTENTS
Foreword 0 «	0	ill
Abstract	„	„	iv
Figures  . . . „	0	0  ,  .  .  .  ,vii
Tables	0  .  .   x
Acknowledgments	xiv
Dedication	xv

   I   Executive Summary	„  .  .  .  „	1
  II   Conclusions 	   2
 III   Recommendations 	   4

                     Part A:  Introduction to the Study

  IV   Introduction  	   5
   V   Description of the Study Area	7
  VI   Streamside Laboratory Facilities  	  ....  16
 VII   Toxicant-Metering System  	  18
VIII   Water Quality	„  .  21
  IX   Stream-Copper Analysis  	  23

                           Part B:  Field Studies

   X   Effects of Copper on Stream Fish	28
            Introduction 	  28
            Methods	„	  28
            Observations and Results 	  31
  XI   Effects of Copper on Stream Benthic Communities  .  .  . . „  	  60
            Introduction .  . .  „	o  ....  60
            Methods	„  .  .  60
            Results and Discussion . .  .  . „	63
 XII   Fish-Stomach Analysis	„  . „ .  „  .  .  .  .  85
            Introduction	0  ....  85
            Methods	85
            Results and Discussion 	  86

                         Part C:   Laboratory Studies

XIII   Acute Studies	102
            Introduction	102
            Methods	103
            Results	105
            Discussion	128

                                     v

-------
 XIV   Chronic Studies	131
            Introduction 	131
            Methods	131
            Results	137
            Discussion ..... 	162

                         Part D:  General Discussion

  XV   General Discussion	167

References   	172
Appendices	  .175
                                   vn.

-------
                                     FIGURES

Number                                                                        Page

  1   Aerial view of Shayler Run study area, looking downstream 	   8

  2   Location map of Shayler Run	   9

  3   Sampling stations and gradient for Shayler Run  	  10

  4   V-notch gaging weir	0 „	-Q

  5   Control weir screens and V-notch gaging weir  	  12

  6   Upstream log barrier	14

  7   Upstream log barrier covered with debris and logs	15

  8   Interior of pole building wet laboratory showing chronic
        test setup	17

  9   Schematic of toxicant-delivery system	0  .  .  .  .  19

 10   Schematic of fish-fry trap	30

 11   Numbers of mature bluntnose'minnows from (A) biannual fish
        collections and (B)  weir-screens collections  	  37

 12   Numbers of mature striped shiners from (A) biannual fish
        collections and (B)  weir-screen collections . ...».»  	  38

 13   Numbers of mature stonerollers from (A) biannual fish
        collections and (B)  weir-screen collections 	  39

 14   Numbers of mature rainbow darters from (A) biannual fish
        collections and (B)  weir-screen collections 	 »  	  40

 15   Numbers of mature creek chubs from (A) biannual fish
        collections and (B)  weir-screen collections ......<>	41

 16   Numbers of mature fantail darters from (A) biannual fish
        collections and (B)  weir-screen collections 	  42

 17   Numbers of mature orangethroat darters from (A)  biannual fish
        collections and (B)  weir-screen collections 	  43

 18   Numbers of mature green sunfish from (A)  biannual fish
        collections and (B)  weir-screen collections 	  44

                                        vli

-------
19   Daily collections of various fish species from the weir  screens  during
       1970, and stream temperatures and dosing regimes at  the  time of
       collection   .............................   48

20   Rock-filled basket sampler for collecting macroinvertebrates
       and the wire mesh screen used to cover sampler when  removing
       it from the  stream  .........................   61
 21   Isopoda  (sowbugs):  basket-sampler collections   ...........  •   69

 22   Isopoda  (sowbugs):  natural substrate collections  ...........   70

 23   Isopoda  (sowbugs):  weir-screen collections ..............   72

 24   Ephemeroptera  (mayflies):  basket-sampler collections  .........   73

 25   Ephemeroptera  (mayflies) :  weir-screen collections   .  .  ........   74

 26   Ephemeroptera  (mayflies):  natural substrate collections   .  .  .  .  „  .  .   76

 27   Amphipoda  (scuds):  weir-screen collections ..............   78

 28   Chironomidae (Chironomids) :  basket-sampler collections  ........   79

 29   Chironomidae (Chironomids):  natural substrate collections   ......   80

 30   Psephenidae (riffle beetles):  basket-sampler collections  .......   82

 31   Psephenidae (riffle beetles):  natural substrate collections   .....   83

 32   Trichoptera (caddisf lies) :  natural substrate collections  .......   84

 33   Total numbers of macroinvertebrates found in orangethroat
       darter stomachs .......................  „  .  .  .   89

 34   Isopoda  (sowbugs) found in orangethroat darter stomachs  ........   90

 35   Ephemeroptera (mayflies) found in orangethroat darter
       stomachs  .......................... _.  .  .  .   91

 36   Copepoda found in orangethroat darter stomachs   ............   92

37   Chironomidae (Chironomids) found in orangethroat darter
       stomachs  ..............................   94

38   Total numbers of organisms found in green sunfish stomachs   ......   95

39   Isopoda  (sowbugs) found in green sunfish stomachs ...........   96

40   Ephemeroptera (mayflies) found in green sunfish  stomachs   .......   97

41   Chironomidae (Chironomids) found in green sunfish stomachs   ......   99

                                      viii

-------
42   Fish found in green sunfish  stomachs	„  .<,....<>..  o  100




43   Terrestrial organisms found  in  green  sunfish  stomachs  .  0  ......  101
                                        IX

-------
                                     TABLES

Number                                                                           gage

 1   Percentage of Time That Copper was Added to Shayler Run During
       the Exposure Period	    20

 2   Background Copper Concentrations in Shayler Run Water, 1968-73   	    25

 3   Monthly Average Copper Concentrations in Exposure Section of
       Shayler Run . . „	    27

 4   Total Number of Individuals Collected from Shayler Run in the
       Biannual Fish Collections, 1968-71  	    33

 5   Age-group 0 and Mature (In Parentheses) Fish Collected from
       Shayler Run in Biannual Fish Collections, 1968-71 . . „	    36

 6   Data Relevant to the Fish Collections on the Weir Screens, Shayler
       Run, 1970-72  . .  „	„	    46

 7   Number of Age-group  0 and Adult Fish Collected from Shayler Run
       on Weir Screens	„	    47

 8   Number of Young-of-the-Year Orangethroat Darters Collected on
       Weir Screens, Shayler Run, 1970-72  	    50

 9   Number of Fish Spawnings Observed in Control and Exposure
       Areas of Shayler Run During Three Seasons of Copper
       Introduction  „	0	    52

10   Number of Fry Collected on Weir Screens in Shayler Run, 1970	    55

11   Species and Numbers of Fry Collected on Weir Screens in Shayler
       Run, 1971	oo	„  .    56

12   Species and Numbers of Fry Collected in Fry Traps in Shayler
       Run, 1971	o . . . . o	o	    58

13   Species of Macroinvertebrates Collected by All Methods in
       Shayler Run During 1969-71	„ . . „	    64

14   Numbers of Macroinvertebrates Collected in June and July from
       Paired (A and B)  Rock-filled Basket Samplers in Shayler
       Run, 1969-71	„	„  .  .    66

-------
15   Total Numbers of Macroinvertebrates In All Collections from Paired
       Rock-Filled Basket Samplers in Shayler Run, 1969-71  	   67

16   Total Macroinvertebrates Collected from Weir Screens in Shayler
       Run During 1970 and 1971	0	„	71

17   Total Macroinvertebrates Collected from Natural Substrates in
       Shayler Run During 1969-71  	   75

18   Number of Organisms in the Stomachs of Orangethroat Darters,
       Shayler Run, 1968-71	87

19   Number of Organisms in the Stomachs of Green Sunfish,  Shayler
       Run, 1969-71	88

20   Summary of LC50 Values Based on Total Copper for the Bluntnose
       Minnow	106

21   Summary of LC50 Values of Copper for the Bluntnose Minnow in
       Shayler Run Water	108

22   Summary of Chemical Analysis of Test Water in Tests Reported in
       Table 21	109

23   Summary of Static Bioassay with Fathead Minnows in Shayler Run
       Water	110

24   Chemical Analysis of Test Water in Tests Reported in Table 23  	 Ill

25   Total Copper LC50 Values for the Bluntnose Minnow in Shayler
       Run Water Upstream and Downstream from the Sewage Treatment
       Plant	113

26   Total Copper LC50 Values for the Bluntnose Minnow in Various
       Dilutions of Shayler Run Water  	 114

27   Effect of Hardening Shayler Run Water on the Toxicity of Total
       Copper to the Bluntnose Minnow  	 115

28   Effect of Hardening Standard Water on the Acute Toxicity of
       Total Copper to the Bluntnose Minnow	117

29   Effect of Added Phosphate on the LC50 of Copper to the Bluntnose
       Minnow	118

30   Acute Toxicity to the Bluntnose Minnow of Copper in Standard
       Water	119

31   Relative Sensitivity of Different Species of Fish to Copper in
       Standard Water	 121

32   Relative Sensitivity of Six Species of Fish to Copper in Shayler
       Run Water,  November 12,  1969	„	122
                                        xi

-------
 33    Relative  Sensitivity of Six Species of Fish  to  Copper  in  Shayler
        Run Water, November 19, 1969	123

 34    Relative  Sensitivity of Six Species of Fish  to  Copper  in  Shayler
        Run Water, December 15, 1970	124

 35    Copper  Concentration (in milligrams per liter)  in Exposure  Chamber
        for Tests Reported in Table 34	125

 36    Relative  Sensitivity of Eight Species of Fish to Copper in  Shayler
        Run Water, May  6, 1971	126

 37    Copper  Concentrations (in milligrams per liter)  in Exposure  Chamber
        for Tests Reported in Table 36	°  127

 38    Relative  Sensitivity of Five Species of Fish to Copper in Shayler
        Run Water, May  8, 1972	129

 39    Sources of Fish for Streamside Chronic Tests	136

 40    Weekly  Chemical Analyses of the Water in the Exposure  Chambers  for
        the NFTS Prespawning Exposure Chronic Tests With Copper 	  138

 41    Total Copper Concentrations in Weekly Composite Samples from  the
        NFTS  Prespawning Exposure Toxicity Tests   	  139

 42    Hatchability of Eggs from the NFTS Prespawning Exposure Chronic
        Tests	140

 43    Number  of Spawns  and Eggs from Fathead Minnows with a  6-Month
        Prespawning Exposure to Copper   	  141

 44    Number  of Spawns  and Eggs from Fathead Minnows with a  3-Month
       Prespawning Exposure to Copper	142

 45   Number  of Spawns and Eggs from Fathead Minnows with No Prespawning
       Exposure to Copper	143

 46   Combined Egg Production by Fathead Minnows in the Six  Chambers  for
       each Concentration of Copper	„	144

47   Measured Total Copper Concentrations in Duplicate Test Chambers of
       Test System I - Fathead Minnow Chronic Test	146

48   Measured Total Copper Concentrations in Duplicate Test Chambers of
       Test System II - Fathead and Bluntnose Minnow Chronic Test  	  147

49   Measured Total Coppper Concentrations in Duplicate Test Chambers of
       Test System III - Bluntnose Minnow Chronic Test	j_48

50   Measured Total Copper Concentrations in Duplicate Test Chambers of
       Test System IV - Fathead and Bluntnose Minnow Chronic Test  	  149

                                        xii

-------
51   Measured Total Copper Concentrations in Duplicate Test Chambers of
       Test System V - Green Sunfish Chronic Test	150

52   Summary of Exposure Conditions for Streamside Chronic Tests  	  151

53   Spawning and Egg Production by Fathead Minnows in Chronic Test
       System I  „ . „	„	153

54   Spawning and Egg Production by Fathead and Bluntnose Minnows in Chronic
       Test System II	154

55   Spawning and Egg Production by Fathead Minnows in Chronic Test
       System IV .„...„ ..„<>.. o . o ........ o	156

56   Spawning and Egg Production by Bluntnose Minnows in Chronic Test
       System III	158

57   Spawning and Egg Production by Bluntnose Minnows in Chronic Test
       System IV   	160

58   Spawning and Egg Production by Green Sunfish in Test System V	161

59   Summary of Streamside Chronic Test Data	164
                                        Xlll

-------
                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

      The authors  sincerely acknowledge the help of Dr. William A. Brungs and
 Dr.  Donald  I. Mount  in the planning and early conduct of this research project.
 In addition to  that  participation by those former directors of the Newtown
 Fish Toxicology Station, we sincerely acknowledge the support provided by the
 staff of that facility.  Special mention is made of the efforts of the late
 Dr.  William H.  Irwin, whose advice on ecological aspects and analyses of
 pre-exposure fish collections were much appreciated, and to Rosemary Swantack,
 who  helped  in typing and assembling the drafts of the report.  The untiring
 efforts  of  Marion Cast during the field and on-site portions of the study are
 sincerely appreciated.  The efforts of Jim Dryer and Greg Marsh performing
 most of  the chemical analyses are gratefully acknowledged.

      We  thank Dr. T. W. Thorslund of the Environmental Research Laboratory-
 Duluth,  Duluth, Minnesota, for his statistical advice and analysis of
 egg-production  data.  The assistance of John G. Eaton, also of the Environmental
 Research Laboratory-Duluth, Duluth, Minnesota, in preliminary planning and
 initial  field work is appreciated.

      The support  and assistance provided by other staff members from the
 Environmental Research Laboratory-Duluth, Duluth, Minnesota and the Environmental
Monitoring  and  Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio, are gratefully
acknowledged.

     We also gratefully acknowledge the excellent cooperation of another Federal
agency.  The construction and operation of the stream gaging facility by the U.S.
Geological Survey was critical to the success of this study.  Without their
participation and  guidance,  this field investigation could not have succeeded.
                                      xiv

-------
                                   DEDICATION

     We dedicate this publication to Jack Geckler  whose  untimely  death at
the end of the study was a loss to science as well as  to his  personal  friends.

                                             Without Jack's keen  ability to
                                        remember what  his eyes  saw,  the study
                                        would have lost  much  of its  value.   We
                                        are thankful Jack was able to  complete
                                        data collection  and the draft  report,
                                        and we truly appreciate his  hard work
                                        and diligence  in seeing the  study
                                        through.

                                             We also want to  recognize the
                                        support and patience  of Jack's family
                                        that helped him  so much,  especially
                                        his loving wife,  Norma.   We  have tried
                                        to make this report a tribute  to Jack
                                        in the hope that it will  help  Norma
                                        endure her loss  and provide  Chuck,
                                        Linda and  Brenda a glimpse of  their
                                        father's interests and abilities
                                        that they  can  never fully know.
                                      xv

-------
                                    SECTION I

                                 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY


     This report describes the results of a study completed by the Newtown Fish
Toxicology Station to determine if laboratory estimates of safe concentrations of
pollutants are valid in real streams.  Copper was used because the laboratory data
base was adequate and drinking water supplies would not by jeopardized by the
concentration that was expected to adversely affect some fish species and not
others.

     For 26 months before copper was introduced into the study area, fish,
macroinvertebrate, and periphyton populations were sampled to determine baseline
data.  Spawning and behavioral activities of fish were observed throughout the
entire study area.  During the 33 months of copper addition,  field observations,
biannual fish collections, fry collections, and spawning observations were made to
evaluate the direct effects of copper on the stream fish populations.
Macroinvertebrates were collected to determine the effects of copper on their
populations.

     Death, avoidance of copper, and restriction of spawning areas were the direct
effects observed on the fish resulting in a general decline in fish populations
and reduction of food-organism populations.  Indirect effects on fish as a result
of the effects of copper on the aquatic food chain were not demonstrated.

     Copper toxicity varied widely, depending on stream flow stage, season, and
water quality.  A copper concentration that was not lethal under one stream stage and
water-quality condition was rapidly lethal under other circumstances.  The tests
underestimated the total effect, however, because they did not include avoidance
of copper by the fish.  Thus, the bioassay data appear to be unconservative when
used for estimating safe levels of a toxicant.

-------
                                     SECTION II

                                    CONCLUSIONS
GENERAL

     Laboratory-derived data can be used to predict toxic effects in a natural
stream situation.  In general, the toxicity of copper was underestimated by the
laboratory data because avoidance by fish to this metal was not measured in the
laboratory tests.

     Chronic laboratory toxicity tests with fish can be conducted with natural
waters of varying quality, but they are more difficult than tests with water of
a more consistent quality.

     Indirect effects on fish, as a result of the effects of copper on the
aquatic food chain, could not be demonstrated in this study.

     Other laboratory tests, such as those based on behavioral responses, may be
required in addition to those based on survival, growth, and reproduction, to
better predict the effects of a toxicant on a natural ecosystem.

     The quality of the field portion of the study was excellent; the data showed
the same overall effects of copper on the biota from year to year.  Various facets
of the study complement each other.

SPECIFIC

     On the basis of acute relative sensitivity tests and a fathead minnow chronic
test, it was predicted that sunfish would be unaffected and the other fish species
would be affected by copper.  The predictions were accurate for all fish species
except the orangethroat darter.

     The order of sensitivity for the various stream species was not consistent
from One acute toxicity test to another, but the differences were not great.  The
data indicate that the order to sensitivity differs with different water quality.

     On the basis of chronic toxicity tests, copper was two to three times less
toxic to fathead minnows in Shayler Run water, which averaged 270 mg/Z. hardness
(84-356 mg/Z..),  than in standard (laboratory) water (200 rag/Z. hardness).

     The safe copper concentration for bluntnose minnows in Shayler Run was
underestimated by at least two times with the laboratory chronic toxicity tests
conducted in Shayler Run water.

     The striped shiner, rainbow darter, creek chub,  fantail darter,  bluntnose
minnow, and stoneroller populations in Shayler Run all showed  a reduction
attributable to copper.

-------
     Because of varying water quality, a copper concentration that is near the
maximum acceptable toxicant concentration  (MATC) may be near the 96-hr LC50 at
certain times during the year.

     An estimated value for a long-term safe concentration of a toxicant using an
application factor approach cannot be based on a single acute toxicity test when
dealing with variable water quality.

     Detoxitfying agents had a major effect on acute copper toxicity, but only
minor effects on chronic toxicity, based on values for total copper.

     The effect of alkalinity and hardness on acute copper toxicity to fish was
not as important as effects of other detoxifying agents.

     There is evidence that copper affected the spawning location of green and
longear sunfish in Shayler Run.  Limited laboratory evidence indicates that, when
confined, these fish will spawn at higher copper concentrations than were introduced
into the stream.

     Copper had a concentration-related effect on the number of eggs produced per
female in the laboratory tests.

     The maximum acceptable toxicant concentration (MATC) is limited by egg
production.  Short exposures to copper concentrations above the MATC reduce egg
production.

     Avoidance of copper by the fish was an important effect in Shayler Run
during the first year of the study, but not during succeeding years, probably
because the more sensitive individuals had been removed from the populations.

-------
                                     SECTION III

                                   RECOMMENDATIONS


     Bioassays should be used to establish water  quality standards,  when possible,
because they provide accurate data to predict effects  on aquatic life.

     Water quality standards should include the effects of various water quality
conditions on toxicity at various stream stages and seasons of the year.

     Even short excursions of pollutant concentration  above the MATC should
not be permitted unless specific data prove they will  not be detrimental.

-------
                      PART A — INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY


                                     SECTION IV

                                    INTRODUCTION


     Water quality criteria for aquatic  life are often developed on  the  basis  of
toxicity tests performed in the laboratory, and water quality  standards  for
protection of aquatic life are largely based on these criteria.  Some  investigators
question the validity of the application of laboratory results  to a  natural
situation.  Since validity depends  on many factors, as discussed by  Stephan and
Mount  (1973), a simple answer to  the question is not possible.  Extrapolation  of
results from laboratory tests to  different situations is not unique  to aquatic
toxicology, only the specific circumstances are different.

     The usefulness of laboratory aquatic toxicity tests can be studied  with
artificial streams, such as planned by Merna and Eisele  (1973).  Although artificial
streams and model ecosystems are  elaborate laboratory toxicity  tests,  they do  not
necessarily accurately simulate natural  situations.  Theoretically,  the  best,  but
practically the most difficult, way is to compare the results of laboratory
exposures with the results of field exposures in a natural situation,  as done  by
Sprague and Drury (1969).  In this way the effects of natural stresses,  such as
changes in temperature, flow, water quality, species competition, affects on the
food web, and behavioral reactions, can  be taken into account.  Studies  in natural
situations are more likely to produce qualitative, circumstantial evidence rather
than unequivocable, quantitative  results.  Slightly modified natural situations,
such as those used in this study, are designed to produce quantitative
cause-and-effect data under real-life conditions.  Many aspects of the field
portion of this study were based  on experiences of Larimore et_ a\_, (1959).

     The major purpose of this study was to evaluate the usefulness  of laboratory
toxicity tests in predicting water quality criteria for protection of  aquatic
life.  The study was designed so  that the results from standard laboratory and
streamside laboratory chronic tests could be compared with results of  long-term
stream exposure to a toxicant.  The streamside chronic tests varied  from the
standard laboratory chronic test  in that water quality, temperature, and
photoperiod were not controlled.  The streamside tests were conducted  on site, in
a temporary building, using control and  exposure waters and mixtures of  the two.
Several resident and one non-resident fish species were tested during  the study.

     Although the study was not designed to obtain information concerning the
validity of the application factor hypothesis (Mount and Stephan, 1967), information
relative to it was gained from this study.  Effects other than those studied in
the chronic tests could occur in  the field exposure, so emphasis was placed on
stream observations.  This single study  cannot answer all questions, but it is a
major contribution towards the validation of the use of laboratory results in
establishing water quality criteria for  protection of aquatic life.

-------
     Stream selection criteria were:   (1)  adequate stream flow,  (2)  little chance
of uncontrolled pollution, (3) limited public access,  (4) no direct  public use of
water in the stream, (5) presence of  riffles and pools,  (6)  proximity to the
Newtown Fish Toxicology Station in Cincinnati, Ohio,  and (7) diverse aquatic flora
and fauna.  Approval by The State of  Ohio  Department  of  Health,  the  Ohio Department
of Natural Resources, and landowners  was also needed.   Shayler Run,  near
Cincinnati, Ohio, was chosen and met  most  of the requirements, except that at times
heavy runoff was known to cause excessive flooding and a small domestic sewage
treatment plant  (extended aeration) was located 4.4 km upstream from the test site.

     Copper was chosen as the toxicant for this study for the following reasons:
(1) both chronic and acute laboratory tests had been performed successfully with
fish; (2) exposure concentration could be rapidly measured;  (3)  the stream exposure
concentration would be less than 1.0 ppm,  the maximum recommended for drinking
water by the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, thereby posing no hazard to
nearby wells;  (4) a sufficient range in sensitivity was exhibited by the stream
species; (5) it is a common persistent pollutant; and (6) it does not markedly
bioconcentrate.

     Chronic tests with fathead minnows and copper had been conducted with a hard
water of 200 ppm hardness of CaCOs (Mount, 1968) and a soft water of 30 ppm
hardness (Mount and Stephan, 1969).  Because of the higher hardness and alkalinity
and the presence of detoxifying agents from the sewage treatment plant, the
maximum acceptable toxicant concentration  (MATC) of copper for fathead minnows in
Shayler Run water was predicted to be about 75 yg/£.  The MATC is defined as the
highest toxicant concentration that has no adverse effect on  survival, growth, and
reproduction of the test organism.  Preliminary acute mortality tests indicated
that most of the important fish species in Shayler Run were about as sensitive
to copper as were fathead minnows  except sunfish, which were  much less sensitive.
We therefore concluded that a concentration of 120 Mg copperII. probably would
adversely affect the more sensitive species, but not  the  sunfish.  Higher
concentrations would be lethal to  some stream species when  hardness, alkalinity,
and the concentration of detoxifying materials were lower because of rain.  Thus,
120 Mg/2-. seemed to be a concentration of copper that would be adverse to some
species, but not to others, and would allow us to evaluate  its effect on sensitive
and resistant species of fish.

     The field portion of the study lasted for 4 years and  9  months.  This time
span was divided into two periods:  the pre-exposure period lasted from December
1967 to February 16, 1970; the exposure period lasted from February 16, 1970, to
October 31, 1972.  The chronic toxicity studies continued until January 18, 1973.
Limited stream sampling for chemical parameters continued through May, 1973.

     Part A of this report deals with the rationale of the project,  description
of the field study site, physical alterations made on this site, toxicant metering
system,  general water quality, and stream copper concentrations over the period of
exposure.  Part B reports findings relative to the effects of copper on stream
fish and benthic communities and the  analyses of stream fish  stomach contents.
Part C presents the results of laboratory tests done in conjunction with the
field study before and during the stream exposure.  Part D is a discussion that
relates the field studies to the laboratory studies.

-------
                                     SECTION V

                          DESCRIPTION  OF THE STUDY AREA


     Shayler Run,  located in Clermont  County,  Ohio,  is a  tributary  of  the  East
Fork of  the Little Miami River.   The use of the watershed  is predominently urban,
but areas adjacent to  the study portion of the stream are  wooded  or used for  grazing
(Figure  1).  The laboratory site  on  the stream is latitude 39°  06'  46", longitude
84° 13'  24", and is  3.5 km from the  mouth  (Figure 2).  The drainage area is 30.58
km , and the stream  gradient in the  study  stretch is 26.8  m/km.   The stream
consists of a series of limestone riffles  and  shallow pools, with a minimal amount
of sedimentation.  At  normal stream  flow the pools are 3-9 m wide and  1-3.5 m deep.
Riffles  comprise more  than 50% of the  stream length  at normal stream flow  and
are 3-12 m wide.

     The only  continuous flow  (1890  kilpliters./dayX  originates  from a  small domestic
sewage treatment plant that, during  low flow periods, may  contribute as much  as
90% of the stream  discharge.  Data from macroinvertebrate  collections  obtained
between April 1969 and February 1970 indicate  that the effluent from the sewage
treatment plant had minimal, if any, effect on the aquatic biota  in the section of
stream considered  in this report.  Flow from Arrowhead Lake is  only intermittent.

     The U. S. Geological Survey  designed, constructed, installed,  and maintained
a stream gaging system approximately 4.4 km downstream from the waste  treatment
plant outfall  (Figure  3).  This system consisted of a gaging pool and V-notch weir
(Figure  4), bubble gage (water-stage servo-manometer with  gas purge system),  and
a Stevens water-level  recorder.   The gaging system was completely installed by
July 1968 and functioned accurately  throughout the study period.

     The study area was divided at the V-notch weir  into an upstream control  area
(487 m long) and a downstream exposure area (902 m long).   Copper was  added to
the stream at the  weir, which is  designated as the zero point for both elevation
and distance.  The remaining 2.7  km  of the stream below the exposure area  to  the
confluence with the East Fork of  the Little Miami River was called  the recovery
area.  This stretch of stream was similar  to the experimental area, but of  lower
gradient.  In this area the copper concentration was less  than  that in the  exposure
area and decreased with distance  downstream.   Limited sampling  in this area
provided some information on repopulation  of the stream by macroinvertebrates that
were adversely affected by copper in the exposure area.

     Fish weirs were constructed  to  prevent upstream migration  and  to  capture fish
moving downstream  from both the control and exposure areas  (Figure  3 and 5).  They
were constucted of concrete, steel,  and stainless steel wire screen and were
placed at the upper and lower ends of  the  0.8-km exposure  section.  These  weirs
were a modification of a Wolf-type fish-counting fence described  by Clay (1961),
but were more permanent structures.

-------
Figure 1.  Aerial view of Shayler Run study area, looking downstream.

-------
                               LATITUDE 39° 06' 46"
                               LONGITUDE   84°  13'  24'
                                    SCALE
                               0           1km
                                 3.94 cm   1 km
                                          LABORATORY BUILDING
Figure 2.  Location map of Shayler Run.

-------
z

o
UJ
>
                                                                                                               RECOVERY]
                                                                                                                  AREA
Biannual Fish
Collection Areas
        Fry Trap   •
Chemical Station   A
Macro in vertebrate
          Station  o
                                                                300

                                                             METERS
                                                                                                 LOG BARRIER
                                                                                                                   H
                                                                                                             2.7 km   cc
                                                                                                                      LU

                                                                                                                      DC

                                                                                                                      i
                                                                                                                          oc
                                                                                                                          O
                                                                                                                          <
                                                                                                                          UJ
                          Figure  3.  Sampling stations  and  gradient for Shayler  Run.

-------
:


                            Figure  4.   V-notch  gaging  weir.

-------
Figure 5.  Control weir screens and V-notch gaging weir.

-------
     When stream  flow  exceeded  1.7m /sec,  the  screen  could not  be  kept  clean,  and
water flowed over the  top allowing  unmeasured  fish passage.   From  March through
November a fine stainless steel screen with  openings  of  0.5 mm  was used to
capture both fish fry  and macroinvertebrates.  From November  through  February  a
coarser screen with  2.2-mm openings was  installed in  place of the  finer screen to
reduce maintenance time.  This  coarser screen  captured young-of-the-year  fish.

     Log barriers were constructed  approximately 120  m upstream from  both control
and exposure fish weirs  to protect  the stainless steel screens  from damage from
large floating debris  during heavy  runoff.   These barriers (Figures 6 and 7) were
constructed of 15.2-cm steel casings driven  into the  stream bed and filled with
reinforcing rods  and concrete.   Three lengths  of 2.5-cm  steel cable were  then
attached to the castings and anchored to a concrete deadman on  each side  of the
stream.  Vertical pieces of cable were placed  at equal distances on three
horizontal cables.   The  barriers were placed at a 45-degree angle  to  the  stream
flow so that debris  would be shunted to  one  side.  The log barriers efficiently
protected the fish weirs.

     The locations of  the sampling  stations  for chemical analysis  and for fish,
macroinvertebrate, and periphyton collections, are shown in Figure 3.   Station 1
was located just  upstream from  the  V-notch weir, and  station  2  was. 15 m
downstream from the  V-notch weir.   The Baldwin Road bridge was  850 m  downstream
from the V-notch  weir, near the downstream log barrier.  The other chemical
sampling stations, 3,  4, 5, and 6,  were  located 130,  410, 620,  and 795  m  downstream
from the V-notch  weir, respectively.  The control riffle and control  pool stations
were 350 and 275  m,  respectively, upstream from the V-notch weir;  the exposure
pool and exposure riffle were 200 and 525 m, respectively, downstream from the
V-notch weir.  Fry traps were placed 50  (#3),  125 (#2), and 225 m  (#1)  above and
250 (#4), 475 (#5),  and  775 m (#6)  below the V-notch  weir.  Basket samplers for
collection of macroinvertebrates were located  as follows:  (1)  control  area—
midstream at fry  trap  3; (2) upper  exposure  area—30  m downstream  from  chemical
station 3; (3) lower exposure area—20 m downstream from chemical  station 6;
and (4) recovery  area—2 km downstream from  V-notch weir.  The  areas  for  sampling
natural substrates for macroinvertebrates were the exposure riffles,   70 m
downstream from chemical station 3  and 100 m downstream from chemical station  5,
and in a recovery riffle, 2.2 km downstream  from the  V-notch weir  (not  shown on
Figure 3).

     Periphyton samples  were collected from  natural and artificial substrates
located in the control riffle and control pool, and from station 4 (pool) and  the
exposure riffle in the exposure area.

     Stream-flow  recording began on August 1,  1968,  after completion  of the gaging
pool and weir and  the  calibration of the system.   Charts and data were  analyzed
by the U. S.  Geological  Survey  and  recorded  in Water  Resources  Data for Ohio,  Part 1,
for 1970, 1971,  and  1972 (Appendix  Table 1).

     Daily mean flow was 50% lower during the pre-exposure period  than  during  the
exposure period.  After  periods  of heavy runoff the stream flow decreased to 0.25
m3/sec within 24  hr  after the crest had passed the V-notch weir.
                                       13

-------
                                  - it '• '•
                                  1 0 \  '• ' ! <
     ~- •    ^ -
••-.>        - ---,-•• ,,  .
               • •»>*-
                • •  '.«  • -^    -^J

^r^-''    «  * - ,i •      ^
                          Figure 6.  Upstream log barrier.

-------
Figure 7.  Upstream log barrier covered with debris and logs.

-------
                                    SECTION VI

                         STREAMSIDE LABORATORY FACILITIES


     A 12.2- by 2.4-m mobile laboratory trailer and a 6.1- by 9.1-m sheet metal
pole building with an attached 12.2- by 3.0-m outside screened porch constituted
the laboratory facilities.   These were located adjacent to the stream, beside
the V-notch weir.  The mobile laboratory trailer was used for routine
chemical analyses, for processing some of the biological samples, and as an office.
The fish holding tanks and toxicity testing systems were located in the pole
building and its attached porch (Figure 8).  This building also housed the copper
stock-supply reservoir.  The pole building was the only wet laboratory area during
the first year of the test.

     Two 314 Z-./min self-priming centrifugal cast iron pumps continuously supplied
water for the test systems.   One pump supplied control water from just above the
V-notch weir.  The other pump supplied exposure water, nominally dosed at 120 yg/Z.
copper, from station 3, 130 m below the V-notch weir where thorough mixing had
taken place.  .The water from each pump was pumped through polyethylene pipes to
separate manifolds in the wet laboratory and was distributed to the flow-through
test systems, water baths,  and holding tanks.   The pumps had 6.3-mm intake
strainers and flow switches to turn them off automatically when flow was
interrupted, thus preventing damage to the pump heads.

     During the first year  and a half of the study a constant pressure regulator
and strainer assembly was used to maintain a constant flow for the test systems.
For the last year and a half, water was pumped to small-volume headboxes, located
in the rafters of the wet laboratory, to maintain a constant pressure.
                                      16

-------
Figure 8   Interior of pole building wet laboratory showing chronic test setup,

-------
                                   SECTION VII

                             TOXICANT-METERING SYSTEM


     Initial addition of copper to the stream, beginning February  16,  1970,  was
done with a gear-type pump having a manually controlled pumping rate.   Staff
personnel were required to adjust the pumping rate, as stream flow varied,  to
maintain the desired copper concentration in the stream.  Use of an  automatic
toxicant-metering system began on May 18, 1970, and was continued  for  the
remainder of the study.  This system was designed so that, at stream discharges of
0.25 m3/sec and below, copper sulfate solution would be metered to the stream  to
maintain a nominal concentration of 120 yg/Z-. at station 3,  the point  of  thorough
mixing (Figure 9)-  The stream-gaging apparatus was used to  control  the pumping
rate.  The stream was not dosed at flows above 0.25 m3/sec because of  the  large
quantity of copper sulfate required.

     Technical grade CuSO^ • 5H20 was dissolved in deionized water in  a 2,000-Z.
fiber glass tank.  Aeration was used to mix  the solution that contained 3.06 g
Cu/l.  The stock solution was then automatically siphoned to a 2,000-1. feed tank
for the pump.

     During the exposure period, February 16, 1970, to October 31, 1972,  copper was
added 75% of the time.  The dosing pattern varied from month to month  (Table 1).
For any given month over the 33-month period, the amount of  time that  dosing
occurred varied considerably since no toxicant was added at  flows  greater  than
0.25 m /sec.
                                       18

-------
                                     TOXICANT LINE TO  STREAM
V-NOTCH
 WEIR
                        Figure 9.   Schematic of  toxicant-delivery system.

-------
TABLE 1.  PERCENTAGE OF TIME THAT COPPER WAS ADDED TO SHAYLER RUN DURING THE EXPOSURE PERIOD
Year

1970
1971

1972

• —
Jan.

-
83

62

Feb.

95
21

36

March

57
46

17
. 	 i
April

57
97

30

	 1
May

90
88

58

June

96
98

93

July

98
87

96

Aug.

84
95

64

Sept.

100
74

85

Oct.

98
100

90

Nov.

91
97

-

Dec.

73
59

-

Average

85
79

63
t

-------
                                    SECTION VIII

                                  WATER QUALITY


TEMPERATURE

     Temperatures for Shayler Run during  the 3 months of copper addition were
recorded continuously from the gaging pool.  The minimum and maximum daily
temperatures normally occurred at 6 a.m.  and 6 p.m., respectively.  Data were
taken from daily records at four different times, 6 a.m., 12 N, 6 p.m., and 12 M,
for calculating the daily means.  Monthly means were calculated from the daily
means (Appendix Table 2).  Temperature regimes for the 3 years were similar.

CHEMICAL

     Five different sets of measurements  were performed periodically to determine
the chemical characteristics of Shayler Run water collected at station 1, which
is located upstream from the point of copper addition.  Analyses for pH, alkalinity,
hardness, and dissolved oxygen constituted set 1 and were performed on-site
(Appendix Tables 3, 4, 5, and 6).

     Set 2 measurements were performed at the Newtown Fish Toxicology Station on
samples generally less than 4 hr old.  Analyses were pH, alkalinity, hardness,
specific conductivity (SC)., total solids  (TS), dissolved solids (DS), calcium (Ca),
magnesium (Mg), orthophosphate-phosphorus (OP-P), and total phosphorus (TP)
(Appendix Table 7).  Recommended methods  were used (U. S. Federal Water Pollution
Control Administration, 1969), except that dissolved solids were defined as those
that passed through a 0.45-y membrane filter.

     Set 3 measurements were performed on a portion of each sample used in set 2.
Analyses were potassium (K), sodium (Na), chloride (CHD), nitrate-nitrogen
(N03-N), nitrite-nitrogen (N02-N), ammonia-nitrogen (NH3-N), organic-nitrogen
(ORG-N),  total Kjeldahl-nitrogen (TKN),  total phosphorus (TP), total organic carbon
(TOG), calcium (Ca), and magnesium  (Mg) (Appendix Table 8).

     These analyses were performed under  the supervision of Robert T. Williams
by the Waste Identification and Analysis  Section of the Waste Water Research
Division of the Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory, U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, (formerly known as the Advanced Waste
Treatment Research Laboratory, U.  S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
Ohio), on water samples from Shayler Run  that were generally less than 8 hr old.
Recommended methods were used (U.  S. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration,
1969), except that chloride (CHD)  was measured with an automatic titrator and
silver nitrate.
                                        21

-------
     Thirteen measurements, constituting set 4, were made for pesticides.   These
were DDT, DDE, ODD, chlordane, dieldrin, endrin, heptachlor, heptachlor  epoxide,
aldrin, BHD, lindane, endosulfan, toxaphene, and methoxychlor.  Values for these
pesticides were generally less than detection limits, which were between 50 and
1000 ng/Z. for toxaphene and between 3 and 36 ng/Z. for the others.  These
measurements were performed under the supervision of James J. Lichtenberg by the
Pesticides Identification Group of the Environmental Monitoring and  Support
Laboratory, U,, S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio,  (formerly
known as the Analytical Quality Control Laboratory, U. S. Environmental  Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio), using recommended methods (U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1971).  Four samples were also analyzed for malathion,
parathion, methyl parathion, trithion, methyl trithion, fenthion, ethion,  DEF,
and dimethoate.  The concentrations were always less than the detection  limits,
which were between 10 and 50 ng/Z.  Fifteen samples were analyzed for trace metals
(Appendix Table 9).  These constituted set 5 measurements and were performed
under the supervision of John F.  Kopp of the Metals Analyses Group of the
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, (formerly known as the Analytical Quality Control
Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio), using an
emission spectro-chemical method (American Society for Testing and Materials,
1971).
                                       22

-------
                                     SECTION  IX

                               STREAM-COPPER  ANALYSIS


     The backround concentration  of  copper  (Cu)  in  Shayler Run water was measured
with a solvent  extraction and  atomic absorption  spectrophotometric procedure  like
that used by Brungs  et_ a^L.  (1973).   Samples  were acidified with  3 drops of
concentrated nitric  acid per 100  ml.  One to three  hundred milliliters were poured
into a tared separatory funnel and weighed,  and  2 ml concentrated nitric acid were
added per 100 ml.  The sample  was then  extracted three times with 25 ml of a
solution made by dissolving 4  g diethylammonium  diethyldithiocarbamate  (Stary,
1964) in 1 gal  distilled-in-glass chloroform, shaking the extractions for 2 min,
30 sec, and 30  sec,  respectively.  The  extracts  and any interfacial cuff were
collected in a  beaker and (a)  evaporated to  dryness on a steam bath, or (b) 1 ml
of bromine or peracetic acid solution was added  to  destroy the volatile copper
complex before  the solution was evaporated to dryness on a hot plate.  The
peracetic acid  solution was prepared fresh daily by mixing 2 ml  of 30% hydrogen
peroxide with 10 ml  of glacial acetic acid  (Patchett and Batchelder, 1960).  The
sides of the beaker  were washed down with concentrated nitric acid, and the solution
was evaporated  to dryness.   The  residue was dissolved in 0.15%  concentrated nitric
acid and analyzed on a Perkin-Elmer model 303 atomic absorption  spectrophotometer
with an air-acetylene flame and a Boling burner.    Standards prepared in the
laboratory by dissolving reagent-grade  copper sulfate in 0.15% concentrated nitric
acid in distilled water were checked against purchased copper standard solutions.

     Between January 21, 1969, and November  2, 1972, 100 recoveries, using 300 ml
Shayler Run water spiked with  10-20 yg  Cu/l., averaged 95.2% with a standard
deviation of 3.5% after three  values of 132,  60, and 58% were discarded as outliers.
Sixty-two recoveries, using 100 ml Shayler Run water spiked with 30-60 yg Cu/l.,
averaged 98.1% with  a standard deviation of  4.4% after one value of 75% was
discarded as an outlier.  The  outliers were  all more than four standard deviations
from the respective  means0

     Between March 10, 1970, and  December 3,  1971, 52 samples of undosed Shayler
Run water containing between 1 and 17 yg Cu/l. (average 6) were analyzed in
duplicate and seven  in triplicate.  The ratio of the higher result to the lower
in each set averaged 1.08 and  ranged from 1.00 to 1.40 after two values of 2.07
and 2.54 were discarded as outliers.  The coefficient of variation (relative
standard deviation)  of the method calculated  from the replicates averaged 7% and
ranged from 0% to 23% after two values of 49% and 61% were discarded as outliers,
when Cochran's test  for homogeneity of variances was used (Guenther, 1964).

     Between October 28, 1970, and August 19, 1971, 50 samples of dosed Shayler
Run water containing between 15 and 70 yg Cu/l.   (average 40) were analyzed in
duplicate.   The ratio of the higher result to the lower in each  set averaged  1.02
                                       23

-------
and ranged from 1.00 to 1.09.  The coefficient of variation of the method
calculated from the replicates averaged 1.6% and ranged from 0% to 6%.

     The results of all measurements of the backround level of copper  in undosed
Shayler Run water are given in Table 2.  These values were not corrected for  the
recovery percentages.  Set 1 of the measurements was performed on grab  samples
collected almost weekly at station 6 until July 30, 1968, and at station 1
afterwards.  Set 2 of the measurements was performed in triplicate on  grab  samples
in conjunction with some of the recoveries.
     The other sets of measurements were performed on composite samples formed
by combining equal volumes of water taken on 7 consecutive days from the control
test containers from chronic tests conducted at streamside.  Sets 4A and 4B were
taken from two different chronic tests conducted simultaneously.  For  the 20  weeks
for which samples were collected for both sets, the ratio of 4A to 4B  averaged
0.92, with a standard deviation of 0.23, and ranged from 0.65 to 1.52.

     Similarly, sets 5A and 5B were taken from two different simultaneous chronic
tests.  For the 16 weeks for which samples were collected for both sets, the  ratio
of 5A to 5B averaged 1.06, with a standard deviation of 0.31, and ranged from
0.49 to 1.78.
     Samples for sets 6A and 6B were taken from one chronic test, whereas samples
for set 6C were taken from a simultaneous test.  Although set 6A was analyzed by
the extraction procedure, sets 6B and 6C were analyzed by direct aspiration.  For
the duplicate analyses performed on 22 samples, the ratio of 6A to 6B  averaged
1.46, with a standard deviation of 0.49, and ranged from 0.76 to 2.83.  For the
20 weeks for which samples were analyzed for both sets, the ratio of 6B to  6C
averaged 1.04, with a standard deviation of 0.36, and ranged from 0.50  to 1.80.

     To determine the concentration of copper in the exposure area of  Shayler Run
when the stream was being dosed as desired, water samples were collected in
125-ml polyethylene water-tight bottles that had been rinsed with 10%  concentrated
nitric acid.  Normally, samples were collected in Monday, Wednesday, and Friday
if the stream was being dosed.  Whenever dosing was interrupted for any reason,
samples were not collected for 24 hr after dosing was begun again.  Three sampling
schedules were used during the study.  From February 16, 1970, to September 15,
1970, about 20% of the sample collections consisted of duplicate samples at stations
3, 4, 5, and 6, and the rest of the collections consisted of single samples at
each of these stations.  From September 15, 1970, to June 1, 1971, collections
consisted of duplicate samples at stations 3 and 6 and single samples  at stations
4 and 5.  From June 1, 1971, to October 31, 1972, collections consisted of
duplicate samples at stations 2, 3, and 6 and single samples at stations 4  and 5.
Samples were taken near the middle of the stream, below the surface and upstream
of the collector.  Samples were transported to the laboratory, acidified with 4
drops of concentrated nitric acid, and shaken.  They were then analyzed for copper
by direct aspiration atomic absorption spectrophotometry and were compared  against
standards containing similar levels of copper prepared in 0.15% concentrated  nitric
acid in distilled water.

     Between May 10, 1970, and January 11, 1973, 57 measurements of the accuracy
of the direct aspiration method were made at each of two levels by adding equal
amounts of copper to both acidified Shayler Run water and acidified distilled
water.  For 100 yg Cu/l. the increase in instrumental response for the Shayler

                                        24

-------
TABLE 2.  BACKGROUND COPPER CONCENTRATIONS IN  SHAYLER  RUN  WATER,  1968-73
                                 (yg/l.)

Set
1
2
3
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
6C
Beginning
dates
5-29-68
3-30-71
1-21-70
9-30-70
10-14-70
4-28-71
4-28-71
1-12-72
1-12-72
1-26-72
Ending
dates
10-13-69
12-3-71
9-9-70
4-21-71
3-3-71
8-25-71
8-25-71
10-4-72
1-18-73
8-23-72
Number of
samples
59
7
32
26
20
16
16
22
34
20
Mean
5.0
4.4
6.9
6.3
5.5
6.4
6.4
6.7
9.2
8.3
Standard
deviation
3.2
2.9
2.3
1.9
1.5
3.1
3.1
3.6
3.8
2.5
Range mg/Z.
1-18
3-6
4-14
3-10
3-9
4-15
4-17
4-21
5-24
5-14

-------
Run water, compared to that for the distilled water, averaged  96.4%  with a standard
deviation of 3.1%, after one value of 115% was discarded as an outlier.   For 400
yg Cu/l. the increase for the Shayler Run water, compared to that  for  the
distilled water, averaged 96.6% with a standard deviation of 2.0%.

     For 680 sets of duplicate samples of dosed Shayler Run water  containing
between 30 and 263 yg Cu/l., obtained from stations 2, 3, 4, 5,  and  6  between
February 16, 1970, and October 31, 1972, the ratio of the higher result  to the
lower averaged 1.04 and ranged from 1.00 to 1.56 after one value of  2.27 was
discarded as an outlier.  The coefficient of variation calculated  from these
duplicates averaged 4.8% and ranged from 0% to 30% after one value of  55% was
discarded as an outlier.

     The monthly averages of the measured copper concentrations  in dosed Shayler
Run water are given in Table 3.  These values were not corrected for the results
of the method of known additions.   The results of 30 of the more than  2,100
analyses were discarded because they were not consistent with  the rest  of the
values obtained for the same day.   Only four values were above 195 yg/Z. (258 and
263 at station 2 on July 28, 1971, and 234 and 239 at station  2  on June  21,  1972),
and these were discarded.  No values were below 30 yg/Z.  The  monthly  standard
deviations averaged 11.1 and ranged from 1 to 28.  They tended  to be higher  in
the summer, lower at the downstream stations, and higher near  the beginning  of
the project.
                                      2.6

-------
TABLE 3.   MONTHLY AVERAGE  COPPER CONCENTRATIONS  IN EXPOSURE
                     SECTION  OF SHAYLER RUN
                              (yg/Z.)
Month
1970
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1971
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1972
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
2 3

111.0
103.8
109.4
122.5
106.8
104.1
113.5
131.5
132.5
114.7
116.8

117.4
134.7
108.8
109.0
105.9
135.9 123.6
138.3 130.5
140.6 122.3
117.4 108.6
135.8 122.6
120.1 112.6
98.7 96.4

102.6 99.3
114.2 111.4
96.2 97.3
108.6 102.2
113.5 108.2
120.6 115.2
151.3 137.6
154.7 130.7
168.6 141.5
142.5 131.0
Station
4

106.9
97.0
102.6
101.8
84.8
81.4
83.9
99.2
119.5
111.0
108.8

115.4
128.2
103.1
98.6
93.3
99.6
100.2
96.7
102.7
108.0
103.3
91.0

94.1
106.6
88.6
94.3
101.5
99.9
104.0
97.8
110.9
117.6
5

101.2
90.2
88.9
79.3
53.3
54.2
57.3
67.2
96.6
98.8
102.4

111.3
119.1
95.2
86.1
79.4
70.8
73.3
65.1
86.5
90.9
90.2
83.6

89.0
105.1
87,8
86.6
88.1
81.7
75.8
63.3
72.5
98.2
6

99.
87.
85.
75.


5
4
7
0
48.8
51.
52.
58.
83.
94.
96.

111.
111.
92.
81.
76.
69.
64.
60.
73.
86.
86.
82.

88.
102.
83.
81.
81.
75.
64.
56.
62.
94.
2
1
1
7
4
3

2
4
5
3
5
1
9
5
5
6
2
8

0
1
8
4
4
1
5
1
2
6
6/33

89.3
86.3
79.3
61,8
47.6
48.8
44.5
44.4
64.0
82.4
83.4

96.3

85.0
74.9
73.3
53.3
51.0
48.5
73.9
70.8
76.0
86.0

85.1

86.3

73.1
64.6
49.1
42.9
44.1
72.2
Number
of days
sampled

15
10
11
15
12
12
10
13
12
13
10

10
2
6
11
10
13
10
12
7
12
13
8

7
4
8
3
9
12
13
7
7
8
aPercent copper in the stream at station 6 compared to station 3, the point of thorough
 toxicant mixing.

-------
                              PART B — FIELD STUDIES


                                    SECTION X

                         EFFECTS OF COPPER ON STREAM FISH
 INTRODUCTION

     Many collections and observations were made to evaluate the effects  of  the
 addition of copper on population density, reproduction, growth, survival,  and
 avoidance or other behavioral reactions of fish.  The purposes of  the  biannual
 fish collections were to ascertain base population levels in control and  exposure
 areas before and after introduction of copper; to determine in the spring  whether
 mature fish were present in these areas before their spawning period;  and  to
 determine in the fall the degree of spawning success and survival  of young.

     Since fish weirs were installed to isolate the- exposure area, changes in
 fish activity resulting from the addition of copper would be evident.   If  fish
 avoided copper in the stream or their activity increased or both,  greater  numbers
 would be expected on the exposure weir.  A species comparison of fish  captured
 could then be made with those captured on the upstream control weir.   The  purpose
 of spawning observations was to obtain data relating to the effects of copper, if
 any, on fish spawning success and spawning behavior.

     Sections in this part of the report will deal with the collections and
 observations used to evaluate the effects of copper on the fish populations.  In
 Part  D  of this report these field results will be related to laboratory  results
 obtained before and during the study.

 METHODS

 Biannual Fish Collections

     Eight biannual (spring and fall) collections were made, starting  in  the spring
 of 1968 and ending in the fall of 1971.  Four collections were made before the
 introduction of copper, and four collections were made during the  exposure period.
 The collections were made in the same pool and riffle areas each time  (Figure 3).

     Collections were made with an electrofishing apparatus consisting of  an
 electric seine, 7.6 m long, similar to the one described by Funk (1957).   A
variable voltage pulsator (Coffelt Electronic Co., Model No. III-C) was used, and
 the power supply was a Model 9A 115-1A Homelite generator with a continuous  output
 of 3,000 watts.  The variable voltage pulsator supplied both alternating  current
 (AC) and direct current (DC), but AC was more successful in this stream and  was
 used for all collections.   The AC voltage could be varied between  0 and 280  with
 this unit.  Since all fish captured were removed for further analysis,  little
 concern was given to killing or injuring the specimens with an electric charge.
 The maximum electric output of the system was always used.
                                       28

-------
     Block seines made from 4.76-mm  stretch mesh were placed at  the upstream  and
downstream limits of each section of  stream being  fished  to prevent escapement.
Collections were made with a crew of  six men only  during  periods of low flow  and
when the water was clear.  Two passes were made over each area, and an attempt was
made to capture all fish seen.  During  the initial collection period a third  pass
of an area produced less than 2% of  the total catch from  the two previous passes
and was subsequently abandoned.

     All collected specimens were preserved with acetic acid formalin and alcohol
(AFA), and specimens 60 mm and longer were injected with  AFA so that stomach
contents would be well preserved for  future analysis.  Fish were identified to
species, enumerated, and measured.   For the eight most abundant species length-
frequency graphs were prepared as an  aid in determining age-group 0.  Age-group 0
was defined as those individuals that were less than 1 year old in a fall
collection and between 7 and 13 months  old in a spring collection.  All fish  that
were older at the designated time were  considered adults.

Weir-Screen Collections

     Daily collections were made from the weir screens, beginning 2 days before
the introduction of copper sulfate to the stream.  During the period of exposure
February 16, 1970, through October 31,  1972, few fish other than fry were taken
on the screens between June and February.  During May many predators and scavengers
consumed fish captured on the screens.  Data presented are from the dates within
the period February 15 to May 28.  The  initial sampling dates were dependent  upon
flooding and icing conditions and the ending dates upon activities of predators
and scavengers.

Fry Collections (Traps and Weirs)

     Fry samples were collected during  the exposure period from fish weirs and fry
traps to obtain information relating  to reproduction and  young-of-the-year growth
rates in control and exposure areas.

     The fry were captured from both  areas for identification.  This sampling was
only qualitative.  Fry captured on the  fish weirs could not be compared because
the collections of fish from the weirs did not include all species of fry observed
in the study stream.  Many of the specimens were partially decomposed,  and
scavengers or predators removed fry from the weirs.

     In 1971 fish-fry traps were designed and built to obtain both quantitative
and qualitative samples and specimens in better condition, but too few fry were
captured in the exposure area for quantitative estimates.  These traps
were constructed of fine mesh brass window screen and aluminum framing (Figure 10).
The trap was placed at the stream's edge, where the waters were shallow and of
low velocity and the bottom substrate was composed  of fine sand and some silt.
A 2-m lead touched the shore above the water's edge, and a short lead (1 m) was
placed at right angles to the shore.  An opening of approximately 15 cm remained
between the short lead and the shore.  At the termination of a 4-hr sampling
period, a piece of sheet metal was placed across this opening and anchored in the
stream bottom.   The fry were then removed from the trap with a fine-mesh dip  net
and preserved.   In the laboratory they were identified to species, measured for
length, and counted,,
                                      29

-------
STEEL ROD
                         FISH  FRY TRAP
 Figure 10.  Schematic of  fish-fry trap.
                   30

-------
     Three similar  locations  in both  the  control  and  exposure  area  were selected
for trap placement  (Figure  3).  All traps were  fished  for  4  hr over the same
general period.  Twenty-two collections were  taken  starting  on May  19,  1971,  and
ending on August 30,  19710

Fish-Spawning Observations

     Fish spawning  was observed for the  years  1968  through 1972.   Considerable
time was spent during the pre-exposure period observing  spawning  activity  of
various species, but  the number of spawns was not recorded.  For  every  spawning
activity observed and recorded, a confirmation  of the  spawn  was made by examining
the eggs for fertility and  age.  For  species  that spawn  in groups,  such as
stoneroller, creek  chub, striped shiner,  and white  sucker, each group was  recorded
as one spawning.  The range in number of  individuals per group for  the  above  four
species was 20-30,  5-10, 20-25, and 10-15, respectively.  For  bluntnose minnows,
which spawn on the  underside  of rocks, one group  of eggs was recorded as one
spawning.

     Spawning observations  were usually made  every  other day,  but varied with
stream conditions.  During  the exposure period  observations  were  normally made
for equal lengths of  time  (1  to 1-1/2 hr) in both control and  exposure  areas  when
a species was known to be spawning.   More time  and  effort were spent  on species
that have secretive spawning  habits,  such as  the  bluntnose minnow,  and  emphasis
was placed on finding first spawning  of each  species.  On numerous  occasions
spawning activity was prevented by an abrupt decrease  in temperature.

OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS
Avoidance

     On February 22,  1970, approximately  400 fish were seen  concentrated at a point
in the exposure area  where a  small spring-fed stream enters.   Most  were striped
shiners, stonerollers. and bluntnose  minnows, but a few sunfish and  darters were
also present.  The  copper concentration in the  area where the  fish  were seen  was
77 yg/Z.., whereas the copper  concentration at midstream at this location was  121
Pg/Z-.  The temperature of the spring  water was  2° C, and the stream was 1° C  at  the
mouth of a tributary  in the control stretch.  No  fish of any species  were observed
and the temperature of the  tributary  was  3° C,  indicating that the  congregation
of fish was not caused by a temperature preference.  Few fish  were  seen in the
control area other  than darters, which raced away when stream  rocks were disturbed,
and schools of striped shiners at the heads of  deeper pools.   On  the  other hand,
numerous fish were  observed in the exposure area  located at  the very  edge of  the
stream or in small  shallow backwater  pools.  The copper concentration in one  of
these pools measured  3 Vg/l., but in midstream  at this location it was  125 vg/l.

     A decision was made to introduce control water 130 m downstream  from the point
of copper introduction to verify the  apparent avoidance.  No fish had been observed
at this site on February 22.  On February 23, 3 mature creek chubs,  10  mature
stonerollers, 8 rainbow darters,  20 bluntnose minnows, and 3 mature  striped shiners
were observed at the  location of this discharge.  At the spring outfall in the
exposure stretch for  that date,  estimates were  300-400 mature  striped shiners,
40-50 stonerollers,  200-300 bluntnose minnows,  and a few sunfish.   By the first
of May and thereafter, no concentrations of fish were observed  at the spring
outfall or along the  stream edge or in backwaters, and those fish that  were

                                      31

-------
 observed in the exposure area were in what would be considered their normal  habitat,
 suggesting that either the animals adapted to the copper in the stream  or  they
 were under a greater physiological stress at the low water temperatures and  short
 photoperiodo

     For the first week of dosing, no fish were observed dead or  in distress;
 however, on February 23, 7 days after the start of exposure, and  for approximately
 1 week thereafter, fish were observed dead or in distress in the  exposure  area, but
 not in the control area.  The following fish were observed for that period:

                                                   Dead           Distressed

                    Stoneroller                     20                13
                    Hog sucker                       9                  2
                    Johnny darter                    4                  1
                    Bluntnose minnow                 2                  7
                    White sucker                     1                  1
                    Carp                             -                  1
                    Green sunfish                    1                  -

     Since no fish were observed dead or in distress in the control area,  copper
 apparently caused the above effects, especially to the more sensitive stonerollers,
 hog suckers, johnny darters, and bluntnose minnows.

     In other tests stonerollers were shown to be the most sensitive and died in
 the greatest numbers.  The actual number observed was small when  compared  to the
 stream population,  Since numerous crayfish in the exposure area  consumed  dead
 fish most readily, the number of fish killed by copper was probably greater than
 observed.

 Biannual Fish Collections

     Thirty-four species of fish were collected during the study  period.   The
 totals for the control and exposure areas for these eight collections are
 presented in Table 4.  The first eight species listed lend themselves to more
 detailed analysis since adequate populations of these were present in both control
 and exposure areas during the pre-exposure period.  The ninth species listed,
 longear sunfish, was not common in the control area, but was common in  the exposure
 area in adequate numbers for evaluation.  The last 25 species were considered rare
 or not common to the stream.  Some of them may have escaped from  upstream  ponds
 that drained to Shayler Run.

     Table 5 presents the number of age-group 0 and mature fish by species for
 control and exposure areas from the biannual collections.  The mature portion of
 the fish population was more stable than the age-group 0 portion  during the
pre-exposure period.  This would be expected in a natural population because of
 the various stresses on spawning success and the vulnerability of eggs  and young
 to flooding and predation.  Figures 11A through ISA present graphically the
numbers of adults of the eight most numerous species collected from control and
 exposure areas.

     Except in the 1970 fall collection, bluntnose minnow adults  (Figure 11A)
 show a general decline in the exposure area during the exposure period  when
 compared with the pre-exposure period.  Further, the population of adult bluntnose


                                       32

-------
                            TABLE 4.   TOTAL NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS COLLECTED FROM SHAYLER RUN IN THE
                                              BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTIONS,  1968-71
OJ
Species

1. Bluntnose minnow
Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque)

2. Striped shiner
Notropis chrysocephalus (Rafinesque)
3. Creek chub
Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill)
4 Stoneroller
Campos tema anomalum (Rafinesque)
5. Rainbow darter
Etheostoma caeruleum Storer
6. Fantail darter
Etheostoma flabellare Rafinesque

7. Orangethroat darter
Etheostoma spectabile (Agassiz)
8. Green sunfish
Lepomis cyanellus Rafinesque
9. Longear sunfish
Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque)
10. Johnny Darter
Etheostoma nigrum Rafinesque
11. Blacknose dace
Rhinichthys atratulus (Hermann)

Location

April
'68

Control 335
Exposure! 298
|
C i 356
_c
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
346
136
118
101
139
96
162
C 166
E ' 193
Sept.
'68

2,057
465

2,565
596
287
434
779
551
57
187
66
131
1
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E

98
83
78
133
47
83
19
20
2
1
183
72
78
156
8
248
23
3
63
11
'
March
'69

922
765

1,325
1,121
213
104
1,026
184
53
153
61
205

129
231
24
74
0
58
23
8
154
20

Sept.
'69

1,643
429

436
493
262
133
531
496
14
60
19
75

137
50
31
39
0
125
18
18
49
18
Feb.
16-1970
copper
first
introduced
to
exposure
area










May
'70

648
152

190
217
289
42
112
51
8
11
30
19

13
45


36
70
1
78
36
31
22
1
1
Oct.
'70

818
838

360
268
423
157
1,322
182
46
28
136
281

148
128
128
46
0
79
76
62
108
12

April
'71

315
51

72
113
178
133
312
76
9
22
45
121

58
138
17
52
0
36
46
29
74
14

Oct.
'71

352
257
i
236 !
73
570
116
402
34 !
5 \
3
52
65 i

159
247
42
70
5
32
60
20
90
10


-------
TABLE 4 (continued).  TOTAL NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS COLLECTED FROM SHAYLER
                IN THE BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTIONS, 1968-71
RUN
Species3

12. White sucker
Catostomus commersoni (Lacepede)

13. Rosefin shiner
Notropis ardens (Cope)
14. Northern hog sucker
Hypentelium nigricans (Lesueur)
15. Bluegill
Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque
16. Golden redhorse
Moxostoma erythrurum (Rafinesque)
17. Black bullhead
Ictalurus melas (Rafinesque)
18. Gizzard shad
Porosoma cepedianum (Lesueur)
19. Spotted sucker
Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque)
20. Carp
Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus
21. Golden shiner
Notemigonus crysoleucus (Mitchill)
22. Spotfin shiner
Notropis spilopterus (Cope)
23. Silver jaw minnow
Ericymba buccata Cope

Location

C
E

C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
i
April
'68

68
84

6
17
11
17
17
13
26
19
22
20
0
0
0
0
15
0
1
1
1
0
3
2

Sept.
'68

64
53

4
177
5
9
38
226
0
5
0
18
0
3
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6

March
'69

10
35

0
11
0
6
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
14

Sept.
'69

0
3

0
199
0
23
19
112
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Feb.
16-1970
copper
first
introduced
to
exposure
area





















May
'70

30
14

0
4
2
0
45
6
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Oct.
'70

17
8

0
26
4
5
287
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

April
'71

12
16

0
1
6
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
I
Oct.
•71 :

90
129

0
12 :
4 ;
0
o :
o :
o !
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
0
0
0
0
0
0


-------
                       TABLE  4  (continued).  TOTAL NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS COLLECTED FROM SHAYLER RUN
                                        IN THE BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTIONS, 1968-71
Ul
^Bailey,
 Control.
 Exposure.
                              al_. (1970).
Species3

24. Fathead minnow
Pimep hales promelas Raf inesque

25. Yellow bullhead
Ictalurus natalis (Lesueur)
26. Brown bullhead
Ictalurus nebulosus (Lesueur)
27. White crappie
Pomoxis annularis Rafinesque
28. Rock bass
Ambloplites rupestris (Rafinesque)
29. Smallmouth bass
Location

C
E

C
E
C
E
C
E
C
E
C
Micropterus dolomieui Lacepede ] E
30. Spotted bass C
Micropterus punctulatus (Rafinesque) E
31. Largemouth bass | C
Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede) ; E
32. Greenside darter
Etheostoma blennioides Rafinesque
33. Emerald Shiner
Notropis antherinoides Rafinesque

34. Northern redbelly dace
Chrosomus eos Cope
C
E
C
E

C
E

April
'68

0
1

0
6
2
1
0
0
0
3
1
4
1
3
0
2
3
2
0
0

0
0

Sept.
'68

0
0

1
25
1
11
3
0
1
6
0
61
14
18
0
4
0
0
0
0

0
0

March
'69

0
0

0
8
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
24
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0

Sept.
'69

0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0

Feb.
16-1970
copper
first
introduced
to
exposure
area




















May
'70

11
0

1
1
0
0
19
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
0
0
0
1

0
0

Oct.
'70

1
0

0
1
0
0
8
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
7
0
0
April
'71
Oct.
'71

0
0

0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
i
o! o
°! !

o
0

0
0
0
0 '
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 :
o !
0 :
o ;
0
3 i
1
0
0

0
0


-------
       TABLE 5.  AGE-GROUP  0 AND MATURE (IN PARENTHESIS)  FISH COLLECTED FROM SHAYLER RUN  IN

                                 BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTIONS,  1968-71
Species Location

Bluntnose minnow Control
Exposure

Striped shiner Ca
Eb
Creek chub C
E
Stoneroller C
E
Rainbow darter C
E
Fantail darter C
E
Orangethroat darter C
E
Green sunfish C
E

Pre-exposure period
April
'68

153(182)
173(125)

44(312)
42(304)
65 ( 71)
46( 72)
35( 66)
47 ( 92)
62 ( 34)
104 ( 58)
57(109)
72(121)
69( 32)
72( 20)
26 ( 52)
43( 73)

Sept.
'68

1,902(155)
320(145)

2,489( 76)
411(185)
170(117)
268(166)
688 ( 91)
202(349)
33 ( 24)
30(157)
17 ( 49)
41( 90)
170( 13)
41( 31)
20( 58)
17(139)

March
'69

845( 77)
570(195)

1,298( 27)
774(347)
161 ( 52)
29( 75)
940( 86)
137( 47)
33 ( 20)
78( 75)
24 ( 37)
83(122)
107 ( 22)
149( 82)
19( 5)
Sept.
'69

1,444(199)
125(304)

152(284)
5(488)
193( 69)
33 ( 96)
375(156)
138(358)
7( 7)
5( 55)
3( 16)
9( 66)
118( 19)
24 ( 26)
2( 29)
34( 40) 14( 25)


Feb.
16-1970
copper
first
introduced
to
exposure
area










Exposure period
May
'70

386(262)
112 ( 40)

49(141)
40(177)
128(160)
20( 22)
50( 62)
23 ( 28)
2( 6)
7( 4)
16 ( 14)
11 ( 8)
10( 3)
36( 9)
24 ( 12)


45( 25)

Oct.
'70

544(274)
575(263)

21(339)
104(164)
301(122)
104 ( 53)
981(341)
81(101)
12( 34)
6( 22)
73( 63)
233 ( 48)
100 ( 48)
103 ( 25)
5(123)
5( 41)

April
'71

221 ( 94)
42 ( 9)

30( 42)
5(108)
127 ( 51)
92 ( 41)
207(105)
61 ( 15)
K 8)
12 ( 10)
14( 31)
83 ( 38)
40( 18)
91 ( 47)
0( 17)
9( 43)

Oct.
'71

226(126)
241 ( 16)

69(167)
52 ( 21)
492 ( 78)
72( 44)
232(170)
17( 16)
4( 1)
0( 3)
11 ( 41)
24 ( 41)
142 ( 17)
235(.12)
32 ( 10)
46( 24)

,Control.
b
 Exposure.

-------
600
500
400
300
200
 100
Control Area —
Exposure Area-

    S  =  Spring
    F  =  Fall
                              I
 I
V-	T
                                    \
                                     \
                                   B\
                                      I
                                       \
                                                                            NOTE:   I
                                                                            Points adjusted
                                                                            for equal sampling
                                                                            periods each spring
                                         \
  S6B      F68      S69       F69      S70       F70

                          BIANNUAL FISH  COLLECTION
                  S71      F71      S70       S71      S72

                                 FISH WEIR  COLLECTION
          Figure 11.  Numbers  of  mature bluntnose  minnows from  (A)  biannual fish
                       collections and (B) weir-screen collections.

-------
                    700
                    600
LO
O>
                                                             Control Area-
                                                            Exposure Area
                                                               S = Spring
                                                               F = Fall
                      S68
                              F68
                             Figure 12.
        F69      S70       F70

        BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTION
S71
F71
                                                      >   NOTE:
                                                       \  Points adjusted
                                                       \  for equal sampling
                                                       * periods each spring

                                                        \
                                                         \
                                                         \
   S70      S71       S72
FISH-WEIR COLLECTION
 Numbers  of  mature striped shiners  from (A) biannual fish
collections  and (B) weir-screen  collections.

-------
600
500
400
 300
 200
 100
 Control Area-
Exposure Area
    S = Spring
    F=  Fall
                                                                            1 NOTE:   '
                                                                            Points adjusted
                                                                            for equal sampling
                                                                            periods each spring
   S68     F68      S69      F69      S70      F70
                         BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTION
                 S71       F71       S70       S71       S72
                                  FISH-WEIR COLLECTION
            Figure 13.  Numbers of mature  stonerollers  from (A) biannual  fish
                      collections and  (B)  weir-screen collections.

-------
350
300
250
200
150
100
 50
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1




_


5
_ ^
\
exi


— t—
ae.
\—
c/>
Lkl
AN 1
/ \ ><
/ \ LlJ
/ S
/ \
/ \
~ / N
/ \
/ V
/ ^..
t *^
^^
~ \
\
L S
^""""""""^^^^^w^l^ \
" ***^ 	 '
1 1 ^ 	


Control Area 	
Exposure Area 	
S = Spring
f - Fall
A





















j^L
^^^ ^^^^^
^S~~ "*~ ""^*^^«
-^•^" 1 ^"^**=«i=d
1 1 485 1
\
1 NOTE:
I Points adjusted
' for equal
\ sampling periods
Jeach spring.
\
\
B \
\
\
1
\
\
I
\ __
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
I _

i
?
I
* 	 1 	 ^
   S68
F68
S69
F69
S70
F70
S71
F71
S70
S71
S72
      Figure  14<
             BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTION                       FISH-WEIR  COLLECTION
        Numbers of mature rainbow darters from  (A)   biannual fish
         collections and  (B)  weir-screen collections.

-------
200
150
100
 50
                                  CO
                                  C3
                                  Q_
                                  X
                     I
I
                                        Control Area -
                                        Exposure Area.
                                        S -- Spring
                                        F -- Fall
I
                                             NOTE:
                                             Points adjusted
                                             for equal sampling
                                             periods each spring.
I
I
   S68     F68       S69      F69       S70      F70
                         BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTION
                          S71       F71       S70      S71       S72
                                          FISH-WEIR COLLECTION
           Figure 15.  Numbers  of mature creek chubs from  (A)  biannual fish
                      collections and (B) weir-screen collections.

-------
300
250
200
                               Control Area-
                               Exposure Area-
                               S-Spring
                               F --Fall
100
 50
            I
                                                                       NOTE:
                                                                          Points adjusted
                                                                          for equal sampling
                                                                          each spring.
 S68
F68
        S69      F69      S70      F70      S71       F71      S70      S71        S72
            BIANNUAL FISH  COLLECTION                        FISH-WEIR COLLECTION
Figure 16„   Numbers of mature fantail darters from (A)  biannual fish
            collections and  (B) weir-screen collections.

-------
OJ
                                                        Control Area	
                                                        Exposure Area	
                    S68
S69
   F69      S70      F70
BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTION
S71
F71
                                                                                          NOTE:
                                                                                          Points adjusted
                                                                                          for equal sampling
                                                                                          periods each spring.
 S70      S71      S72
FISH-WEIR COLLECTION
                          Figure 17.  Numbers of mature orangethroat darters from (A) biannual  fish
                                         collections  and (B) weir-screen  collections.

-------
                                    Control Area
                                    Exposure Area-
                                _  S = Spring
                                n F = Fall
                                                                      ~~1I
                                                                       NOTE:
                                                                       Points adjusted
                                                                       for equal sampling
                                                                       periods each spring.
S68
S69
    F69      S70      F70

BIANNUAL FISH COLLECTION
S71
F71
 S70      S71      S72
FISH-WEIR  COLLECTION
        Figure  18.   Numbers of mature green sunfish from (A) biannual  fish
                    collections and  (B) weir-screen  collections.

-------
minnows in the spring and fall collections of  1971 was  considerably  lower  than
that of the lowest collection during  the pre-exposure period.

     The numbers of adult striped  shiners  (Figure 12A),  stonerollers  (Figure  13A),
and rainbow darters (Figure 14A) represented in  the  exposure  collections for  the
dosing period show a definite decline without  any appreciable  recovery  when
compared with numbers for the predosing period.

     Creek chub and fantail darter adults  (Figures 15A  and  16A)  in the  exposure
area display a general decline in  numbers  in the collections  during  the exposure
period when compared with those for the pre-exposure period.   Adult  orangethroat
darter and green sunfish populations  (Figures  17A and 18A)  did not appear  to  be
directly affected by copper during the exposure  period.
Weir-Screen Collections

     Information is presented in Table 6 that  pertains  to  the addition  of  copper
to the stream, the flooding of the screens, and  the  number  of  fish collections
from the weir screens during the exposure  period between February 15  and May  28,
1970-72.  Data for adults of the eight most abundant fish  species are graphically
expressed in Figures 11B through 18B.

     During the first spring of copper introduction  greater numbers  of  adult
bluntnose minnows, striped shiners, stonerollers, rainbow darters, and  fantail
darters were captured on the exposure screens  than on the  control screens  (Table
7).  In the following two springs, however, when the copper was  still being
added, the numbers of adults captured from control and  exposure  areas were
similar.  This may have been due to acclimation  to copper  or  to  fewer fish in the
exposure area.  Young-of-the-year  bluntnose minnows  and  rainbow  darters also
contributed large numbers of individuals to collections  from  the exposure  screens
during the first spring of dosing.

     Numbers of adult green sunfish,  longear sunfish, and orangethroat  darters
on both screens were low.  However, the numbers  of young-of-the-year  orangethroat
darters on the exposure screens substantially  increased  during the springs of
1971 and 1972 compared to 1970.  In fact,  the  number of  young-of-the-year  captured
by the exposure screen during the  spring of 1972 on  21  collection days  was
approximately seven times greater  than the number captured  in  1970 on 53 collection
days.  The downstream movement of young-of-the-year  orangethroat darters from
both the control and exposure areas increased  during the three springs  of  exposure
(Table 8).  The number of individuals captured on the exposure screens
progressively increased each year during the period  of  exposure, even on those
days when copper was not added to the stream.  Thus  this migration of
young-of-the-year orangethroat darters was not directly  related  to copper
exposure.   For example, in the spring of 1972, 293 specimens were captured on the
exposure weir screen in 21 days of copper exposure.   In  contrast, 221 specimens
were captured from the same weir in 15 days when no copper was being  added.   The
cause of this movement is not known;   it may be a normal  downstream migration.
Results of daily weir-screen collection for 1970 (Figure 19) present  a  more
detailed account of fish movement and how the various species  responded to copper.

     The bluntnose minnow and,  to a limited degree,  the  stoneroller gave an initial
response to copper within the first 48 hr of exposure by moving out of  the
exposure area onto the screens.   These two species,  plus the striped  shiner,
                                      A R

-------
      TABLE 6.  DATA RELEVANT TO THE FISH COLLECTIONS
         ON THE WEIR SCREENS, SHAYLER RUN, 1970-72
Year                             1970      1971      1972

Dates of collections          2/15-5/12  2/25-5/28  3/11-5/3

No. of days copper
was added                         58        69        23

No. of times weirs flooded         567

Total hours of flooding          140       114       163

No. of fish collections
when adding copper                53        56        21

No. of fish collections
when not adding copper             8        16        15
                             46

-------
TABLE 7.  NUMBER OF AGE-GROUP 0 AND ADULT FISH COLLECTED FROM SHAYLER RUN ON WEIR SCREENS0
Species Location
Bluntnose minnow Control
Exposure
Striped Shiner Cc
Ed
Creek chub C
Stoneroller C
jr
Rainbow darter C
E
Fantail darter C
E
Orangethroat darter C
E
Green sunfish C
E
Long ear sunfish C
E

Dosing
Spring 1970(53)b
Age-group
0 Adult
56 74
460 579
5 69
34 674
17 178
6 60
32 152
67 561
Spring 1971(56)°
Age-group
0 Adult
34 9
20 15
2 19
0 138
1 30
1 37
89 59
91 35
8 3 ; 4 3
260 415 j 3 9
19 7 15
86 315 90 84
11 4
38 13
10 2
89 42
12 12 I 0 26
7 10 i 0 10
4 3 ' 1 0
26 4 25

Spring 1972(21)D
Age-group
0 Adult
10 14
32 8
0 12
5 17
0 35
0 3
11 25
14 3
1 5
8 0
3 3
11 6
31 7
293 21
1 2
0 9
0 0
1 0

Not dosing
Spring 1970(8)b
Age-group
0 Adult
2 7
3 7
0 6
0 5
2 12
0 1
0 29
0 6
1 1
0 3
0 2
0 3
0 1
4 3
1 0
0 0
0 0
1 0

Spring 1971(16)°
Age-group
0 Adult
8 5
2 0
0 9
0 14
1 10
1 0
77 28
25 11
0 0
8 5
12 10
46 26
11 3
56 37
0 17
0 4
0 0
1 1

Spring 1972(15)"
Age-group
0 Adult
3 2
1 1
0 15
0 2
1 25
0 1
27 22
1 4
3 5
2 2
14 12
29 28
21 8
221 3
3 16
1 5
0 0
1 0

^The number of days of collection are different for each year. Therefore the columns cannot be directly compared.
Indicates number of days of collecting.
^Control.
Exposure.

-------
            FftllAKl            Vinci
           II  II    II    !l    1    11    fi
             -i	1	1	1	1	r
              RAINBOW DARTER FISH WEIR DAILY COLLECTION TOTALS 1970
              FAKTAIL DARTER FISH WEII DHL) CDUECTION TOTALS 1971

               CREEK CHUB FISH WEIR DAILY COLLECTION TOTALS 1970
CONTROL  AREAS

EIPOSURE

                                                                           JI.Hi  Ifln.L
Figure  19.   Daily collections -of  various  fish  species  from the weir screens during
    1970,  and stream  temperatures  and  dosing regimes at the time of  collection.
                                                  48

-------
«»•»•«' Nm
IS II 23 28 S
- r

.
.


.O-Q




10 IS


APRIL
!0 25 30 1 i 14 19
1 • ' • IT
n 1
BLIINTNOSE MINNOW EISN WEIR DAILf COLLECTION TOTALS 1970


L
JlLl,! -
T — 1 	 1 	 1 	 1 	



niFi.LLn
— 1 	 T
STUPED SHINER MSH XEIB Dili! COLLECTS TOHIS 11
-



ID , J

n
1


1
1!



li
I'll '144
w
n fill
y o III
1
i n
1
T
r
MAY
It 1) < 9 12
1 1 1

-



_J


fl
iJ
-
„

III
•

u
1 ' 1

|
ntt\

ll
Li,
m
-
1
                     I    1    I     I    I    T
            STQNEROUER fISH WEIR DAILY COLLECTION TOTALS 1970
                                                   I  in Tfll   I
                                     n	r
                                              T1IIPMATOIES
                                                . HtX
            TEHPEHATUIE HO BOSH6 ICCIME
Figure 19.  Daily collections of various fish species from  the weir  screens during
   1970  and  stream  temperatures and dosing  regimes  at the  time of collection.
                                               49

-------
    TABLE 8.  NUMBER OF YOUNG-OF-THE-YEAR ORANGETHROAT DARTERS
         COLLECTED ON WEIR SCREENS, SHAYLER RUN, 1970-72
                           Spring          Spring          Spring
                            1970            1971            1972

                                        Control weir

Dosing                    11 (53)S        10 (56)3        31  (21)a
Not dosing                 0(8)         11 (16)         21  (15)

                                       Exposure weir

Dosing                    38 (53)         89 (56)        293  (21)
Not dosing                 4(8)         56 (16)        221  (15)
o
 Number of collectings.
                                  50

-------
rainbow darter, and fantail darter,  began a mass  exodus  from  the  exposure  area  on
April 7 or 8, 1970.  The increase  in numbers  of specimens  captured  on  the  exposure
weir screen was correlated with an increase in water  temperature.   The  average
daily stream temperature increased from  5° C  on April  6  to 11°  C  on April  9.
The rainbow darter, fantail darter,  stoneroller,  and  striped  shiner were just
starting their spawning activities at this time.   It  is  believed  that with increased
spawning activity, plus the increased activity caused  by copper exposure,  more
stress was placed on the population,  and a behavioral  change  or avoidance  reaction
occurred.

     To a limited degree creek chubs responded similarly.   However,  this was the
only species for which more specimens were captured from the  control weir  than
from the exposure weir.  During the  first week of  exposure creek  chubs  gave no
indication of downstream movement.   From April 7  through 22 downstream  movement
of this species from the exposure  area increased  slightly  (Figure 19)„  At  the
same time the bluntnose minnow, striped  shiner, stoneroller,  rainbow darter, and
fantail darter were moving downstream, but the numbers of  creek chubs were much
Iower0  On April 14 a definite movement  of creek  chub  downstream  from the  control
area began.  This movement was not exhibited  by any of the other  stream fish
species.  The creek chub is a high gradient stream species and  is normally
associated with the uppermost headwaters (Breder  and Rosen, 1966).   It  has a
tendency to migrate downstream for spawning since  favorable spawning sites for
this species are more abundant in  lower  stream gradient.   This  would partially
explain the capture on the control weir-screen of  numerous individuals  in advanced
spawning conditions„  These fish could easily be  stripped  of  eggs or milt»  During
May a number of the specimens captured on the control weir-screen were  "spent"
after spawning and were-damaged or had fungus infections,  apparently from  their
aggressive spawning behavior.  Copper probably did not cause major  downstream
movement by this species.

Spawning Observations

     Thirteen species of fish were observed spawning during the pre-exposure period
in both control and exposure areas of the stream.  Six of  these, bluntnose minnow,
striped shiner, creek chub, stoneroller, green sunfish,  and white sucker, were
common in both control and exposure  areas, and their spawning activities in the
two areas were similar before copper  exposure began.  Longear sunfish were scarce
in the control area and fairly abundant  in the exposure  area before  the
introduction of copper.  The control  area was probably a marginal habitat for this
species.

     Only 11 species were observed spawning in Shayler Run during the exposure
period (Table 9).  Fantail darters and rainbow darters were observed spawning in
both control and exposure areas during pre-exposure, but not during  the exposure
period.  Bluegill and largemouth bass are considered pond  or lake species, and
blacknose dace was not common in the  exposure area.  These three species,
therefore, will not be considered  in  detail.

     Stoneroller, striped shiner,   and creek chub spawned abundantly  throughout the
study area before copper exposure,,  However,  no spawnings  were  observed for these
species in the exposure area during  the  exposure period  (Table  9).  The total
number of spawnings observed in the control area during  the exposure period was
66,  30,  and 34 for the stoneroller, striped shiner, and  creek chub,  respectively.
                                        51

-------
                            TABLE 9.   NUMBER  OF FISH SPAWNINGS OBSERVED IN CONTROL AND EXPOSURE AREAS  OF
                                        SHAYLER RUN DURING THREE SEASONS  OF COPPER  INTRODUCTION
Ln
to
Species
Bluntnose minnow
Striped shiner
Creek chub
Stoneroller
Rainbow darter
Fantail darter
Orangethroat darter
Green sunfish
Longear sunfish
Blacknose dace
White sucker
Bluegill
Largemouth bass
Control
area
26
16
4
6


2
19
4
0
0
27
4
1970
Exposure
area
1
0
0
0


2
35
78
0
0
5
0
Control
area
22
8
15
47


7
30
2
10
16
0
0
1971
Exposure
area
1
0
0
0


2
13
33
0
3
0
0
1972
Control Exposure
area area
0 1
6 0
15 0
13 0


3 2
28 20
5 32
1 0
0 0
2 0
0 0
Total
Control Exposure
area area
48
30
34
66


12
77
11
11
16
29
4
3
0
0
0


6
68
143
0
3
5
0

                  All of  the listed species were observed to spawn throughout the control and  exposure areas  for the 2 years before copper was
                  .introduced,  but the number of spawns were not recorded.
                  Species for  which spawning was not observed during the exposure period.

-------
     During the 1970 spawning season prespawning  activity  was  observed for each
of the above three species in the  exposure area.  A  group  of stonerollers was
observed cleaning a nesting site and displaying spawning activity  at  a point
approximately 695 m below the V-notch weir, but no eggs were deposited.   This
activity was observed only once.   Four groups  of  striped shiners displayed
spawning activity in the exposure  area at three locations.  Two of  these  were
observed approximately 25 m below  the point of copper  introduction; one group was
observed at the downstream end of  the exposure biannual fish-collecting pool,  200
m below the V-notch weir; and the  other group was located  620  m below the V-notch
weir  (Figure 3).  No eggs were found at any of the above locations, and the
activity did not persist more than 2 days.  Three large male creek  chubs  prepared
and defended nests approximately 25 m downstream  from  the  V-notch weir, but no
females were ever observed with them and the nest had  no eggs.

     During the 1972 spawning period a limited number  of spawning observations
were made in the recovery area between the downstream  fish weir and the East  Fork,
Little Miami River.  Striped shiners were observed spawning in this area  on four
occasions.  The most upstream point of their spawning  was  approximately 1,340 m
downstream from the V-notch weir,  where concentrations of  copper for  the  period
ranged from 62 to 69 ug/Z.  Stonerollers were observed spawning on  two occasions
at a point 2,550 m downstream from the V-notch weir  in the recovery area,  where
the copper concentration ranged from 40 to 53 yg/Z-.  Creek chubs, however, were
not observed spawning in the recovery area in 1972,  even though observations  were
made during their most active spawning period.

     Bluntnose minnow spawned well in the control area, but spawning  was  very
limited in the exposure area during the exposure  period.   There were  48 spawnings
in the control area but only three in the exposure area (Table 9).  No spawnings
were observed in the control during the 1972 season  because of heavy  rains and
turbid water.  Numerous fry of this species were  observed  in the control
area in 1972, however, indicating  that spawning had  occurred.  The  three  spawnings
that were observed in the exposure stretch during the  three seasons were  located
at the extreme downstream portion, where the copper  concentration during  the
spawning period averaged 60 yg/Z.  and ranged from 35 to 77 yg/Z.  The numbers  of
eggs in these three spawns ranged  between 200 and 250  and  were probably the result
of a limited number of females.  In contrast, the numbers  of eggs observed in  the
average control area spawnings were from 1,500 to 3,000.   During the  1970 spawning
season (on three occasions) bluntnose minnow males were observed guarding  nesting
sites in the exposure pool; no eggs were found at these locations, and the males
left after a few days.

     Heavy rains and turbid waters during April 1970 and 1972  prevented spawning
observations of white suckers, but during 1971 they were observed spawning in  the
control area 16 times (Table 9).   In the exposure area only three spawnings were
observed for this species.  These  three spawnings were confined to the extreme
downstream portion, where the average copper concentration during this period  was
99 yg/Z.   These spawning sites were poor for white suckers.  The nests were against
the exposure weir stop logs, in water depths of 0.45-0.6 m, and the bottom was
composed of silt, sand,  and leaf detritus.   In contrast, white sucker  spawning
sites in the control area, which are considered good spawning  habitats, consisted
of a fine gravel and fragmented limestone bottom  substrate and flowing water  of
0.3 m or less in depth.   Habitats  of this type were available  in the  exposure  area,
but were not used.   The spawn from these exposure area nests developed to  an
advanced  embryonic stage, but did not hatch.   Failure  of hatching is  not  attributed

                                        53

-------
 to  copper, but probably to inadaquate water circulation around  the  eggs  and thus
 insufficient oxygen.

     During the two pre-exposure spawning seasons, green sunfish  spawned in all
 the pools in both the control and exposure areas.  Likewise,  longear  sunfish
 spawned in all the exposure area pools, but spawning of this  species  in  the
 control area was limited and the population was usually low  (Table  4).   For the
 three spawning seasons during the exposure period, green sunfish  spawned well  in
 both the control and exposure areas, 77 and 68 spawnings, respectively  (Table  9).
 The longear sunfish during this same period had limited spawnings in  the control
 area, as was expected.  There were 11 compared to 143 in the  exposure area.  Adult
 individuals of both species were present throughout the exposure  area during their
 spawning seasons.  Spawning of these sunfish species was restricted,  however,  to
 the downstream half of the exposure area, where the average copper  concentration
 during the spawning season was 90 yg/£. or less.  During the  first  year  of
 exposure, prespawning activity was observed for both green sunfish  and longear
 sunfish in the exposure pool (Figure 3), which is in the upstream half of the
 exposure area where the average copper concentration is greater than  90  yg/Z.
 This activity consisted of male individuals cleaning and guarding nesting sites.
 No  females were observed in spawning activity on these sites, however, nor  were
 eggs found.  This activity lasted only a few days, and the nests were abandoned.
 Restriction of spawning of green and longear sunfish to the lower half of the
 exposure area reduced the production potential for young based  on area alone, and
 more than likely reduced their total production in the exposure area.

     Orangethroat darters were observed spawning throughout the control  and
 exposure areas during the three spawning seasons of exposure.   Their  spawning was
 not restricted by copper concentration in the exposure area.  Much  more  spawning
 activity was observed than was confirmed by actual observation  of eggs.   The eggs
 of  this species were exceedingly hard to find, since they were  buried in fine
 gravel and sand.

 Fry Collections

     Many of the fry data obtained from the 1970 fish-weir collections were
 estimates, especially for the control weir (Table 10).  Because the specimens were
 in  poor condition, only white sucker fry were identifiable.   Therefore,  the
 collections only show the effect of copper on total number of fry and white  sucker
 fry captured on the exposure weir.

     Eight times as many white suckers were captured on the control weir as  on the
 exposure weir, 5,768 and 764, respectively,,  The weirs were flooded Dn April 23,
 1970, for a 72-hr period and again on May 2,  1970, for 23 hr.   White  suckers had
 spawned in the control area before these dates, and white sucker  fry were observed
 only in the control area on April 29, 1970.  Thus, it is likely that  the white
 suckers captured in the exposure weir were produced in the control  area  and  were
washed downstream during the flooding.  The white sucker data as well as the
 reduced total numbers of fry captured on the exposure weir compared to the  control
weir, 858 versus 11,088, respectively, indicated that spawning  in the exposure
 area was adversely affected by copper.  The situation was repeated  in 1971  (Table
 11).

     The fry data presented for 1971 are actual values (Table 11).  The  specimens
 were separated into the following categories:   white sucker,  sunfish, bluntnose

                                        54

-------
TABLE 10.   NUMBER OF FRY COLLECTED  ON WEIR SCREENS  IN SHAYLER RUN,  1970
Date
White '
1970 sucker
4/22
4/29 60
4/30 600
5/1 3,860
5/4 300
5/5 22
5/6 180
5/7 51
5/8 628
5/11 5
5/18
5/19 20

5/21 30
5/22
5/29
6/10
6/12
6/25 12
7/15
9/9
Totals 5,768
Control screei
Unidentified
fry





4



495
1,000
980

1,170
1,300
302
27
' 29
13


5,320

White
Total sucker

60
600
3,860 200
300 125
26 39
180 21
51
628 68
500 300
1,000
1,000

1,200
1,300
302
27
29
25 11


11,088 764
cposure screen
Unidentified
fry





25

'


5
4

8
10



423


94


Total Remarks
Weir flooded: 4/23


200
125 Weir flooded: 5/2
64
21

68
300
5
4

8
10



53 Weir flooded: 7/8
Weir flooded: 8/7
Weir flooded: 8/20
858
 Al1 bullhead fry.

-------
           TABLE 11.   SPECIES AND NUMBERS  OF FRY COLLECTED ON.WEIR SCREENS  IN SHAYLER RUN,  1971

1971
5/5a
5/11
5/17
5/24
5/28b

6/2
6/4

6/7
6/11

6/13
6/18
6/21

White
sucker : Sunfish

2

9
92

3
15

265
11



5






3
i
5 i 192
3,994

1,820

6/25
3,260
1
6/28

7/15
7/19

8/6

155

1,650
318

13
i
8/30

Species
total 402 11,410

Control screen
Bluntnose
minnow











Darter









40
! 2

Bullhead











i i


60



i
270 20
1 !

i


1,760
128 |



!




Unidentified
fry



4
6

1



5

10


Total
0
2
0
18
98

4
15

305
21

207
3,994
Exposure screen
White
sucker ' Sunfish



2




t
2
t



5




Bluntnose
minnow Darter










1


10
1,880 !



3,550




155

3,410
446

1 14







64
440 30
120 60
i
1,751 ' 60
'
764 ,
I
1,160 : 20
569

120 .





2



















Bullhead



Unidentified
fry


















2














Total!
ol
0
o!
2
4

0
0

5
1

64
480
180

1,811

i 766
'
: 1,180
569

120

0 ! 10

10
|
|
2,218 42 20 27 14,119 ; 19 4,999


i i


170 2 2 0 5,192
i ]
^5/6 and 5/7 - Weir flooded.
 5/25 - Weir flooded.

-------
minnow, darter, bullhead, and unidentified  fry,  the  latter  probably composed of
creek chub, striped shiner,  stoneroller,  and  blacknose  dace.   The  fry collections
from control and exposure fish weirs,  in  1971,  11, 410  and  4,999,  respectively,
were dominated by sunfish.   The  control sunfish  were predominently green sunfish
rather than longear sunfish  based  on  the  difference  in  the  number  of spawns
observed for the two species (Table 9).   It is  apparent that  in  1971,  when fry
specimens were in good condition and  could  be identified, unidentified fry were
not very abundant in the weir collections—only  27 specimens  in  the control and
none in the exposure.  Evidently the  species  represented by these  fry did not  move
downstream during normal stream  flow  (2.55  m3/sec or less)  as did  the  white sucker,
sunfish, and bluntnose minnow fry.

     In 1971 white sucker fry were first  observed in the control area  on May 4;
they were abundant on May 5.  No fry  of this  species had been observed in the
exposure area before or on these dates.   The  fish weirs were  flooded on May 6  for
7 hr and again on May 7 and  8 for  another 42  hr.  White sucker fry were first
observed in the exposure area on May  10.

     Bluntnose minnow fry were first  observed in the control  area  in 1971 on May
23, but none were observed in the  exposure  area  before  or on  this  date.   On May 25
the weirs were flooded.  On  May  29 the first  bluntnose  minnow fry  were observed
in the exposure area.  Thus, bluntnose minnows were  probably  produced  in the
control area and were washed downstream during flooding of  the weir.

     Sunfish fry were not exposed  to  high water  and  flooding  of  the weirs during
the 1971 spawning period.  Reproductive success  of this species  in the control and
exposure areas is accurately indicated by the weir-screen data.  Spawning success
of sunfish in the exposure area  was not drastically  affected  by  the addition of
copper.

     In 1971 fry traps captured  fry of 12 species (Table 12).  Traps 1,  2,  and 3
are control-area traps, traps 4, 5, and 6 are exposure-area traps  (Figure 3).   The
fantail darter occurred in large numbers  in both the control  and exposure
stretches, but only three fry were captured by these traps.

     In the control area bluntnose minnows, striped  shiners,  creek chubs,
stonerollers, orangethroat darters, blacknose dace,  and white  suckers  spawned
successfully, and their young were well represented  in  the  fry-trap collections.
Although rainbow darters and johnny darters were not observed  spawning,  sufficient
numbers of these species were taken in the  traps to  indicate  that  spawning  had
occurred.  Longear sunfish fry were not collected, but  the  adult population was
low and only limited spawning of this  species was observed  in  the  control area in
1971.  Green sunfish, on the other hand,  spawned abundantly in the control  area,
but their young were not well represented in  the trap collections.

     In the exposure area only three  species  of  fish were known  to have spawned
successfully:  the green sunfish,  longear sunfish, and  orangethroat darter.  They
were well represented in the fry-trap  collections.   Spawning  of  bluntnose minnows
was observed in the exposure area  only once in 1971.  Few fry of this  species  were
taken in the exposure area traps when  compared to the number  captured  in the
control area.  The majority, 22  of 32, were captured  in trap  4,  which  is
approximately 550 m upstream from  the  only  observed  spawning  location  (station 6
near the downstream fish weir) for this species.  Probably most  of the bluntnose
minnows and all of the creek chubs, rainbow darters,  blacknose dace,  johnny

                                        57

-------
                    TABLE 12.   SPECIES AND NUMBERS OF FRY  COLLECTED IN FRY  TRAPS IN  SHAYLER RUN,  197T
Ul
CO

Species
Bluntnose minnow
Striped shiner
Creek chub
Stoneroller
Rainbow darter
Fantail darter
Orangethroat darter
Green sunfish
Longear sunfish
Johnny darter
Blactcnose dace
White sucker
Total for all species
Control traps
#1
456
41
267
20
13

39


31
31
192
1,090
#2
619

177
12
12

12
2

10
49
27
920
#3
851
100
105
13
6

24
5

19
57
133
1,313
Species
total
1,926
141
549
45
31

75
7

60
137
352
3,323
#4
22

2

4
2
16
6
21

1
1
75
Exposure traps
Species
#5 #6 total
2 8 32

4 5 11

1 5
1 3
5 16 37
4 50 60
31 66 118
156
1
52 81 134
100 232 407
               aTwenty-two sampling periods, 5/19-8/30, 1971.

-------
darters, and white suckers captured in the exposure area were spawned in the
control area and were transported to the exposure area during flooding of the fish
weirs on May 6, 7, 8, and 25, 1971.  All of these species were present in the
control area before flooding, but they were not observed in the exposure area
until after flooding.  No striped shiners or stonerollers were taken in traps
in the exposure area during this period.  Seven times more fry were captured in
the control area than in the exposure area, indicating that the addition of
copper caused a reduction on reproduction in the exposure area.
                                      59

-------
                                    SECTION XI

                 EFFECTS OF COPPER ON STREAM BENTHIC COMMUNITIES
INTRODUCTION

     The purposes of this portion of the study were to investigate  the  effects  of
copper on the macroinvertebrates of the stream and to relate,  if possible,  these
effects to the feeding habits of the stream fish through analysis of  stomach
contents.  In addition, sampling was done from July 17, 1968,  through June  14,
1971, to evaluate the effects of copper on the periphyton community.

     During the early pre-exposure period, between May 1968 and February  1969,
various apparatus and methods for collecting qualitative and quantitative
macroinvertebrate samples were tried to determine baseline population levels..
Since the stream riffles are composed of large limestone rubble and the bottom
of the pools is bedrock, conventional samplers, such as the Ekman or  Petersen dredge,
Surber sampler, or multiplate sampler, could not be used.  The basket sampler
was the most efficient sampler tested and was used to collect macroinvertebrates
during the pre-exposure period from March 7, 1969, to February 16,  1970.

     During the exposure period macroinvertebrates were collected from  February
16, 1970, through July 15, 1971.  Samples were taken from (1) artificial  substrates,
created by suspending rock-filled baskets; (2) the natural substrate; and (3)
weir screens in both the control and exposure areas.

METHODS

Basket Samplers

     Basket samplers used for collecting macroinvertebrates were the  same as
those described by Mason et_ jal_. (1967, 1970).  They were filled with  36 limestone
rocks, 6.5-9.5 cm in diameter.  The baskets were permanently attached to
specially designed "T's" made of black iron pipe, which were inserted over  iron
stakes driven into the stream bottom (Figure 20).  When in position approximately
9 cm above the bottom, the baskets were always directed downstream  and  could
move freely so that silt and sand would not accumulate in or around them, and they
were always covered with water.  Paired samplers were positioned approximately
75 cm apart in pools immediately downstream from riffles at stations  located
in midstream, 50 cm above copper introduction; in the upper exposure  area,  160
m downstream from copper introduction; in the lower exposure area,  815  m
downstream from copper introduction; and in the recovery area, 2 km downstream
from copper introduction (Figure 3).

     Basket samplers were left in place for 6-week periods and were removed as
close to the end of these periods as stream and weather conditions  permitted.
                                        60

-------
Figure 20.  Rock-filled basket sampler for collecting macroinvertebrates and the
   wire-mesh screen used to cover sampler when removing it from the stream.

-------
They were removed from the stream with the aid of a cylinder made  of  U.  S.
standard number 30 wire mesh (50cm long, 25 cm ID), which fitted over the
baskets to prevent loss of organisms (Figure 20).  The rocks were  dumped into  a
tub partially filled with stream water and scrubbed with a stiff brush  to  remove
organisms.  The samples were concentrated in a U. S. standard number  30  sieve
(0.59-mm mesh opening), preserved with 70% ethanol in plastic containers,  and
stored in the laboratory for later sorting and identification.  The cleaned
samplers were then reset at the same locations.

Natural Substrate Sampling

     Natural substrate sampling was done in a control riffle immediately
downstream from the control pool, 275 m upstream from copper introduction; in  the
two exposure riffles, 200 m downstream from copper introduction and 720 m
downstream from copper introduction; and in a recovery riffle, 2.2 km downstream
from copper introduction (Figure 3).  Natural substrate samplings were usually
collected on the same day that basket samplers were removed.

     Rocks were selected randomly for 10 min, were placed in a tub partially
filled with water, and were scrubbed clean with a stiff brush to remove  the
organisms.  These samples were processed in the manner previously described for
artificial substrate samples.

Weir-Screen Collections

     Samples were collected from the control and exposure weir screens on  the days
when flow was 0.25 m3/sec or less and copper was being added.  The material
containing macroinvertebrates was gently hosed from the screens with  water into
the weir troughs and collected in the wire-mesh baskets (0.5-mm openings)  at the
ends of the troughs.  This material was then put in 1-gal jars and immediately
preserved in 7% formalin.  The samples were thoroughly washed in tap  water
in the laboratory and stained with a solution of 200 mg/Z-. rose bengal in  70%
ethanol.  These samples contained large volumes of leaves, stems, bud scales, and
seed pods, and  staining  improved the thoroughness and rate of sorting the
organisms (Mason and Yevich, 1967).

     An additional technique was used to separate macroinvertebrates  more
effectively from debris.  Small portions of the sample were washed with  tap
water in a U. S. standard number 30 sieve to remove excess stain and  were  placed
on a strip of fine mesh wire screen that was then placed in a shallow white
porcelain pan containing a small amount of water.  This created a contrasting
backround against which the stained organisms could easily be seen and picked
from the debris.  When samples contained excessive debris, aliquots were examined.

     All specimens from the various sampling techniques were identified  to family.
Organisms found in large numbers were identified to genus and species in most
cases.   Macroinvertebrates collected by all the techniques are recorded as
numbers per sample.

     Macroinvertebrate samples were collected by hand and dip nets on May  28 and
June 13, 1969. by William R. Mason, Jr., and Phillip A,, Lewis of the  Environmental
Monitoring and Support Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Cincinnati, Ohio, (formerly known as the Analytical Quality Control Laboratory,
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Cincinnati, Ohio).  The organisms were

                                       62

-------
identified and sent to this laboratory to used as a reference collection  (Table
13).  Specimens of amphipods were identified by Dr. John R. Holsinger of  Old
Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia.  His identifications were corroborated
by Dr. E. L. Bousfield of the National Museum of Natural Sciences, Ottawa, Ontario.

     In early summer 1970 a copper-concentration gradient became evident  in the
exposure and recovery areas when the water temperature had increased.  Additional
information could be gained in this gradient, so additional natural substrate
stations were established in the lower exposure and recovery areas.  Basket
samplers in the recovery area in June 1970 were destroyed by vandalism and
replaced, and the first collection from this area was made in late August.

     Periphyton samples were collected for approximately 3 years from natural and
artificial substrates in both riffle and pool in the control and exposure areas.
The control riffle and pool were 350 and 275 m, respectively, upstream from the
point of copper introduction; the exposure pool and riffle were 410 and 200 m,
respectively, downstream from the point of copper introduction.  The parameters
examined included cell density, dry weight, ash-free weight, chlorophyll  content,
biomass-to-chlorophyll a_ ratio, pheophytin-to-chlorophyll a_ ratio, species
composition, and species diversity.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     Pre-exposure macroinvertebrate samples from the control and exposure areas
contained organisms representing 15 and 14 orders, respectively.  These were
composed of sufficient numbers of taxa to indicate that the test area had
recovered from any deleterious effects of the Shayler Run Waste Treatment Plant
on the stream.  The species list presents all of the organisms collected and
identified from all of the sampling procedures used during the study (Table 13).

     The number of macroinvertebrates collected in each basket of the paired
samplers at three locations in June and July is shown in Table 14.  The data from
the paired samplers were combined for evaluation of the macroinvertebrate
populations at each station and are recorded as numbers per station (Table 15).
Voids in these data are the result of vandalism, flood damage, or poor
preservation.

     Natural substrate sampling yielded organisms that were not normally collected
by basket samplers and provided additional information for evaluation of the
macroinvertebrate population.  Macroinvertebrate organisms collected from weir
screens were those that were transported by stream currents.  This was an
excellent sampling of classical drift organisms, since the screens collected
organisms from the entire stream flow.

     The predominant groups of macroinvertebratess collected from Shayler Run,
Isopoda, Ephemeroptera, Amphipoda, Chironomidae, Psephenidae, and Tricoptera, are
dealt with in detail below.  The other groups shown in the tables represent too
small a percentage of organisms to warrant further discussion.

Isopoda (sowbugs)

     Only one species, Lirceus fontinalis, was present in the stream.
Basket-sampler collections showed that the population of sowbugs in the exposure
area during the pre-exposure period was as great as, if not greater than, it was


                                       63

-------
TABLE 13.   SPECIES OF MACROINVERTEBRATES  COLLECTED BY ALL
          METHODS IN SHAYLER RUN DURING 1969-71


	 Organisms 	
Diptera (True Flies)
Chironomidae (Midges)
Ablabesmyria sp. 1
Calopsectra glabreseens
C. (poss.) macrosandalum (Kieff)
Chironomous attenuatus Walker
C. plump sa Linnaeus
~C_. riparius Qr.
Conchapelopis sp.
Coryneura (Thienemaniella) Xena
Cricotopus biqinetus gr.
C. ceris
C. slossonae
C. trifaciatus
Cryptochironomus argus
Diamesa longimanus
Glyptotendipes lobeferus (Say)
Metriocnemus sp ,
Orchocladius nivoriundus
0. sordidella
Paratendipes sp .
Pentaneura flavifrons (Joh.)
P. monilis
Polypedilum convictus
P. trituro
Procladius riparius
Pseudochironomus sp .
Tanytarsus (Paratany tarsus) sp.
T. (Cladotanytarsus) sp . 3 Roback
Tribelos sp.
Ceratopogonidae (Biting Midges)
Atrichopogon sp.
Bezzia varicolor
Probezzia g_labra (Coq.)
Chaoboridae (Phantom Midges)
Chaoborus sp.
Culicidae (Mosquitoes)
Simuliidae (Blackflj.es)
blrauilum sp.
Tabanidae (Horseflies)
Stratiomyiidae (Soldierf lies)
Euparyphus ^reylockensis
Odonotomyia cincta
Stratiomys sp.
Tipulidae (Craneflies)
Antocha saxicola
Megistocera longipennis
Tipula sp.
Psychodidae (Mothflles)
Psychoda alternata (Say)
Ephemeroptera (Mayflies)
Baetidae
Baetis sp.
Neocleon alamance
Ephemeridae
Hexa^enia limbata
Caenidae
Caenis sp.
Heptageniidae
Stenonema (Femoratum) scitulum
S. interpunctatum
S. tripunctatum
Coleoptera (Beetles)
Dytiscidae (Predaceous Water Beetles)
Deronectes sp .
Laccophilus terminalis
Elmidae (Riffle Beetles)
Narpus sp.
Neoelmis sp.
Optioservus sp.
Promoresia elegans
Stenelmis lateralis
S. markeli
Zaitzevia sp .
Gyrinidae (Whirligig Beetles)
Haliplidae (Crawling Water Beetles)
Peltodytes simplex
Hvdrophilidae (Water Scavenger Beetles)
Enochrus sp.
Hydrochus sp .
Psephenidae (Water Penny)
Psephenus herricki


Control
"69 '70 '71
X X


XXX
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X X
X X
X
X X
XXX
XXX
X X
X
XXX
X
XXX
X
X X
XXX
XXX
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X X
X
XXX
X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X
xxx
xxx
X X
xxx
X X X
xxx
x x :;
X
X
X
x x
X
xxx
xxx
X
X X
X X
X
X X X


Collectto
Upper
exposure
'69 '70 '71 '
X X X :



X X
X '

X X


X

x

X
A X

X



X X
xxx
X
x x
X
X
X
x i

X X
xxx
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X

X
X X
xxx
X X
X X
X X
X

X
xxx

xxx
X
X
X
X X

xxx


Lower
exposure
'69 '70 '71
X



X
















X







XXX




X
X
X
X X
xxx
X X
X X
X X


X


xxx




xxx


Recovery
'69 '70 '71





























X X









X X
X X
X X



X

: X X




X X
1

-------
TABLE  13   (continued).   SPECIES  OF MACROINVERTEBRATES  COLLECTED  BY
                   ALL  METHODS  IN  SHAYLER  RUN DURING 1969-71
Collection areas
Upper Lower
Control exposure exposure
Organisms '69 '70 '71 '69 '70 '71 '69 '70 '71
Tricnoptera (Caddisflies)
Glossosomatidae X X
Hydropsy chidae
Cheumatopsyche sp. XXX XX
Hydropsyche bifida Gr. XXXXXXXKX
Hydroptilidae
Hydroptila agrosa X ' X X
H. waubesiana X ' X
Stactobiella sp. X X
Philopo tarn idae
Chimarra sp. X X | X
Rhyacophilidae ',
Agapetus sp. X
Leptocerus sp. X
Limnephilidae
Linephilus sp. XX.
Odonata (Dragonf lies and Damself lies)
Aeshnidae
Aeschna sp. X
Dromogotnphus spoilatus X X :
Leucodrinia cf. intacta X
Plathemis lydia > ,
Coenagrionidae
Argia moes ta X
Nehallenia sp. X
Macromiidae
Macromia magnifica X •
Hemiptera (Aquatic and Semi-aquatic Bugs) \
Belostomatidae (Giant Water-bugs) .
Lethocerus americanus X
Gerridae (Water Striders)
G err is remigis X X
Metrobates sp. X XX
Rheumatobates r ileyi X XXX'
Tenagogonus gillettie X \
Naucor idae (Creeping Water -bugs) X !
Corixidae (Water Boatmen)
Sigara alternata X X
Gelastocoridae (Toad -shaped Bu£,s) j
Megaloptera (Dobsonf lies and Fish flies)
Corydalidae •. j
Corydalus cornutus . X

Recovery
'69 '70 '71
X X
X





X X


X




X






 Plecoptera  (Stoneflies)
   Perlodidae
      Isoperla sp.
 Collembola  (Springtails)
   Isotomidae
      Isotomurus palustris
 Amphipoda (Scuds)
      Crajigonyx anomalus (Hubricht)
      C_. setodactylus (Bousfield)
      S_ynurel_la_ dentata (Hubricht)
 Decapoda (Crayfish)
      Qrconectes rusticus  (Girard)
 Isopoda (Sowbugs)
      Lerceus frontinalis
 Ostracoda (Shrimps)
   Mysidacea
 Oligochaeta  (Worms)
   ha id idae
      _S_t_ylarig_ lacuscris
      P r i s t i na sp ,
   Lumbriculidae
     Rhynchelmis sp.
   Tubificidae
   Branchiobdellidae
     Cambarincola  sp.
   Planariidae (Fla tworms)
     Dugesia tigrina
 Gastropoda (Snails)
   Lymnaidae
     Lymnaea sp.
     Pseudosucc inea columella
   Physidae
     P hy sa g y r ina
   Planorbidae
     Gjrra u 1 us c ir c um s t r ia ^u_s
   Pleuroceridae
     Pleurocera^ sp.
 Pelecypoda (Clams)
   Sphaeriidae
                                               65

-------
TABLE 14.  NUMBERS OF MACRO INVERTEBRATES COLLECTED IN JUNE AND JULY FROM
 PAIRED (A and B) ROCK-FILLED BASKET SAMPLERS IN SHAYLER RUN, 1969-71




Date Area
1969
6/4 Control A
Control B
Upper Exposure A
Upper Exposure 8
Lower Exposure A
Lower Exposure B
7/17 Control A
Control B
Upper Exposure A
Upper Exposure B
Lower Exposure A
Lower Exposure B

1970
6/1 Control A
Control B
Upper F.xposure A
Upper Exposure B
Lower Exposure A
Lower Exposure B
7/14 Control A
Control B
Upper Exposure A
Upper Exposure B
Lower Exposure A
Lower Exposure B
1971
6/3 Control A
Control B
Upper Exposure A
Upper Exposure B
Lower Exposure A
Lower Exposure B
7/15 Control A
Control B
Upper Exposure A
Upper Exposure B
Lower Exposure A
Lower Exposure B
10 00

0- 3
0 0
M ^


3,589
1,155
6,001
4,398
3,729
3,723
13
4
22
62
13
49


407
504
14
0
3
3
2
2
0
0
1
0

125
140
7
8
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
o to

-H 3
,c u
Q. tft



20
10
12
4
6
15
0
0
0
0
0
0


0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n) .-.
M to

o o;
^H -D
o ^


37
42
17
20
16
49
10
5
16
39
3
25


4
7
1
1
1
0
2
5
0
5
1
0

14
33
0
3
0
0
1
0
1
2
2
1
OJ ^
o -^

e >•
"D.-^
bj

15
31
200
138
34
48
340
291
463
315
95
386
COPPER

37
23
3
5
9
0
148
153
1
1
2
7

26
21
0
0
1
0
57
41
3
0
30
26
S|

_£ to
'M "°
H ^


2
7
118
70
13
5
0
0
4
1
22
19
to

•H 3
Q ^J
~

267
0
405
269
3
26
17
20
4
0
33
30
u ^H
SIM
C
-o oo
M
"O

0
0
0
2
2
0
2
1
1
0
18
10
o

to
a.


2
0
6
3
5
3
1
1
1
5
1
1
fO .-^
•H to
TO n

.0 oj
^ ^H
H -^


36
47
21
21
122
127
8
2
4
2
0
0
tu w
x e

o o
DO 3
•H - —
0


25
0
40
121
20
22
0
0
0
0
230
1
e j

§ H H
w o


3,993
1,292
6,820 m
5,046 UJ
3,950
4,018
391 (1)
324
515 ...
424 l ;
52]5 (16>
z
O J
M <;
H H
1


5,285

11,873
7,968

716

940

952
EXPOSURE STARTED 2/16/70

0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
2
0
1

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

14
71
17
18
100
10
18
12
9
13
5
0

80
35
93
117
62
68
7
6
33
12
23
9

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1
2
0
0
1
1
0
0
10
8
8
0

1
3
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
3

4
7
0
0
3
2
1
0
1
1
1
5

0
3
7
6
1
4
3
4
0
0
0
0

7
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

464
611
43
31
115
18
173
176
11
21
10
11

257
241
100
128
67
71
67
47
23 (2>
64
41

1,075

74

133

349

32

21


498

228

138

114

73
105

                                   66

-------
TABLE 15.  TOTAL NUMBERS OF MACROINVERTEBRATES IN ALL COLLECTIONS FROM
      PAIRED ROCK-FILLED BASKET SAMPLERS IN SHAYLER RUN, 1969-71

"w
[1
to ^ «| aj In
2 "S 1 3 'e
•0 00 Q.-J |j E 0
Q. -Q ) l-i U-i ICO
03 ; « >. t| o ^


Collection — '
Da t e Ar ea
1969
4/17 Control 733
Upper Exposure 491
Lower Exposure 1,432
6/4 Control 4,744
Upper Exposure 10,399
Lower Exposure 7,452
7/17 Control 17
Upper Exposure 84
Lower Exposure 62
8/28 Control 5
Upper Exposure 13
Lower Exposure 105
10/9 Control 0
Lower Exposure 11
11/18 Control 11
Upper Exposure 372
Lower Exposure 409
1970
2/16 Control 236
Upper Exposure 44
Lower Exposure 32
J: -
D.
U

69
469
288
46
338
82
631
TIB
481
883
674
226
562
398
53
196
201

36
4
56

5 ^


11
335
225
267
672
22
37
0
61
18
7
16
8
26
0
3
12

10
0

TO
I- kJ
1 s.
O 'H
Q



7
0
1
0
2
7
0
4
2
2
1
2
0
3
0
0
1
4

4
9
4 0

-a ^
0 w
sl


<


1
7
12
30
16
21
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7

16
12
^
•3 aJ
-H -f -a


TO 'H
u —1
C C
Q 0

0 TO°

i

0
31
44
9
188
18
0
5
41
0
0
2
0
0
0
2
1

8
0
0 0

1
1
2
0
2
2
3
1
28
7
25
67
0
34
2
0
2

0
0
0

£ 3i
tt) 3
£• a
E 3




0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0

tui
"
u ^





0
0
0
2
9
8
2
6
2
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0 ' 0
0 0

-a ^
o- -H
TO f .,
S ~
TO U)
^ e

ii S ' o o o 3




^ | O H ^-


0 13
0 0
3 8
0 ! 25
6 i 161
0 | 42
1 ' 0
0 ' 0
13 231
0 3
0 0
5 66
0 0
0 ' 12
0 i J
0 0
2 11

0 0
0 . 0
0 0

1
0
3
83
42
249
10
6
C
4
0
58
0
0
71
2
0
1

0
0
0

=5 ~

0 'H
i yi ^ TO
« « « »


^ ] u &
! ~

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0

0


-J
H
o





849
0 | 1,355
0 | 2,037
0
0
U
0
0
0
o
5,285
11,873
7,968
716
940
952
949
0 t 829
1
0
0
0
0
1

652
949
'558
76
576
651

0 :' 320
0 t 77
0
Exposure started 2/16/70
4/9 Control 180
Lower Exposure 68
6/1 Control 911
Upper Exposure 14
Lower Exposure 6
7/14 Control 4
Upper Exposure 0
Lower Exposure 1
8/26 Control 34
Upper Exposure 0
Lower Exposure 0
Recovery 0
10/12 Control 0
Upper Exposure 0
Lower Exposure 0
Recovery 0
11/24 Control ' 0
Upper Exposure 1
Lower Exposure 0
Recovery 0
1971
3/2 Control 94
Upper Exposure 30
Lower Exposure Vandalism
Recovery 55
4/21 Control 30
Upper Exposure 9
Lower Exposure 0
Recovery 1
6/3 Control 265
Upper Exposure 15
Lower Exposure 0
Recovery 1
7/15 Control 1
Upper Exposure 0
Lower Exposure 0
Recovery 0
34
56
134
60
8
9
301
2
9
886
6
17
284
671
0
24
516
16
8
0
24

132
27

70
77
9
8
23
47
0
1
5
98
3
56
102
0 5 0
134 | 3
0
85
35
106
30
20
5
36
16
13
f,
6
38
6
0
51
25
11
0

43
23

76
31
42
49
67
115
209
130
9
12
45
32
13
10
0
0
/t
0
2
0
0
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
1
2
0
1

0
0

0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
22 . 12
4 4?
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0

7
4
96
10
2
1
7
3
1
21
2
6
31
0 '| 0
6 0
0 2
1 0
0
0
0 j 1
9 0
2 3
0 1
j
0 0
1 2
i ; 6
o ; o
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0 0
0 ! 0
0
0
22
4
0 1
0
1
0 0
0 i 0 0
0 i 0 4
19
3
34
7
9 i 0 i 0 | 4
0 0
0 1 0
14
1
0
0
1

57
12

4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
33
21
8
0
8
45
2
0
8
1
1
0
2
0
0
0 1
0 1
0 7
1 2
0 17
i
2
13

14
1
0
2
1
2
1
0
1
0
2
3
0
51
33

74
2
]
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
19
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
4
4
1
0 ; 0
o : 2
0 0 ! 2
0
0
3
0

6
0

10
3
0
1
3
3
0
2
3
0
18
8
0
0
0
0
0

0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
2
3

9
0
0
0
0
0 8
0 1
0 1
0
0
0 0
0 • 0
0
0
0
3
13
5
7
0
o i o i o
0
0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1

10
1 ' 6
r -
22
6
1
0
2
11
0
5
2
1
2
6
4
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o

4
3

5
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
1
2
3
7
0
3
5
1
0
0
1

0
0

0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1

0
0

3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
102

248
315
354
1,075
74
133
349
32
21
1,004
31
84
336
693
44
54
539
72
43
20
49

415
152

366
171
74
60
109
498
228
138
30
114
73
105
124
                                  67

-------
in the control area (Table 15, Figure 21).  During the exposure period sowbugs
were practically eliminated from both the exposure and recovery areas  (Figures  21
and 22), whereas the population was maintained in the control area.

     The weir screens were sampled often during the first year of exposure  (Table
16, Figure 23); all the sowbugs captured were medium to large.  The drift rate  of
sowbugs from the exposure area was nearly three times greater than it was from
the control area during the period of February 23 to April 8, 1970.  This was
expected since a greater population was present.   However, the exposure drift rate
declined to a level lower than that of the control by April 22, 1970, as the
population in the exposure area became depleted (Table 15).

     No young and only a few adult sowbugs were collected in the exposure and
recovery areas after June 1970, indicating that those animals that were transported
downstream during high water did not survive in either exposure or recovery area.
Further support for this conclusion is indicated by a test conducted during April
and May 1971, in which 40 mature sowbugs were placed in each of two chambers at
the streamside laboratory.  A continuous-flow system was used whereby one chamber
received control water and the other received water with a nominal concentration
of 120 Ug/£. of copper.  During this test newly hatched sowbugs died within 2 days
in the exposure chamber, whereas newly hatched young in the control chamber were
never observed dead.  At the termination of the study no young sowbugs were found
in the exposure chamber, but in the control chamber 1,298 young were present.
Thus, reduction in the population of sowbugs in the exposure and recovery areas
during the period of exposure is attributed to copper through increased drift rate
and death of the young.

Ephemeroptera (mayflies)

     Seven species of mayflies were present in the various collections (Table 13).
Data from basket samplers (Table 15, Figure 24) indicate that during the
pre-exposure period the mayfly population was as great in the exposure area as
in the control area.  For the first month of copper exposure, the drift rates
from the control and exposure areas were low and similar, as evidenced by the
number of mayflies captured on the weir screens (Table 16, Figure 25).  No
mayflies were taken on either screen in the collection on March 17, 1970.  On
April 8, 1970, the number of mayflies captured on the exposure screens increased
considerably, 334 and 5 on the exposure and control screens, respectively.  Rising
water temperature may have increased the sensitivity of the organisms to copper,
which could account for the increased drift rate.  The mean daily stream
temperature from March 17 through April 6 ranged between 3° and 5° C.  By April 8
the mean daily stream temperature had increased to 9° C, and it increased
progressively over the next few weeks to 14° C by April 22.  On this date 33
mayflies were captured on the control screen and 21 on the exposure screen.  For
the remainder of the exposure period greater numbers were captured on the control
screens in most cases.  Evidently the number of mayflies present in the exposure
area had been reduced because there were fewer in the exposure basket samplers
and natural substrate samples as well (Tables 15 and 17, Figures 24 and 26).
Reduction may have been a result of increased drift rate or number of deaths,
although deaths were not noticeable.

     Peak population levels of mayflies occur normally in the summer and early
fall.  The low copper concentrations at the sampling stations in the recovery
area probably permitted reproduction and survival of mayflies, whereas the copper


                                          68

-------
                                                                      Upper    lower
                                                                     Exposure  Exposure
                                                                         AREAS
4-17-69  6-469
             7-17-69
                     Figure 21.   Isopoda (sowbugs):   basket-sampler  collections.

-------
   100
LLJ



O
UJ

>
   50
o
LU
Q.
  500
  400
D
Q


5300
O

CC
  200
  100
  D       I
Control     Upper     Lower    Recovery
         Exposure   Exposure


              AREAS
      2-16-VOl  6-10-70
            8-26-70  10-19-70
6-3-70   7-15-71
           Figure 22.   Isopoda  (sowbugs):   natural substrate collections.

-------
TABLE 16c   TOTAL MACROINVERTEBRATES COLLECTED FROM WEIR SCREENS IN
                 SHAYLER RUN DURING 1970 AND 1971
    Exposure
   Expoiur.
            I , IMS
            3.058
                             i? !
                                                                        2,96!
                                                                        b, %5
                                     71

-------
                                                                          n
                                                                                      n
Q 300
z

LL
O

£5 200
CD
  100
                                                                                                 I
                                                                                       CONTROL   EXPOSURE

                                                                                           AREAS
                                                                                 n.     Q.
                                                                                                  0 0	0 0	Q 0
                                                                                                                      o_     n
  Q
  o£
  < 
-------
—1
OJ
                                                                                                                 Control    Upper    Lower
                                                                                                                         Exposure  Exposure
             4-17-69   6-4-69
                            7-17-69    8-28-69    10-9-69   11-18-69   2-16-70   4-9-70
                                                                           6-1-70
                                                                                  7-14-70   8-26-70   10-12-70   11-24-70    3-2-71
                                                                                                                          4-21-71
                                                                                                                                  6-3-71
                                                                                                                                          7-15-71
                                 Figure  24.    Ephemeroptera  (mayflies):    basket-sampler  collections.

-------
o
z
O
in
   100
UJ
>
UJ
cc
O
LU
O-
   50
                                                                                  _.    n      n.       .    _     •    fi
  500
< 400
D
Q

>

O 300
cc 200
UJ
CO
  100
  Q
  UJ
  Qo
  Or-
                                                                                         I
CONTROL  EXPOSURE

    AREAS
      2-23-TO    2-25-70   2-28-70   3-9-70    3-11-70   3-12-70   3-17-70    4-8-70   4-22-70   5-1-70     5-8-70    5-29-70   6-25-70  7-15-70    9-9-70   4-20-71    6-4-71   7-15-71
  o
  o
                           Figure  25.    Ephemeroptera  (mayflies):   weir-screen  collections.

-------
TABLE 17.  TOTAL MACROINVERTEBRATES COLLECTED FROM NATURAL SUBSTRATES
                    IN SHAYLER RUN DURING 1969-71

c. £
~ ?
Col U-cClon
ArutiR
Control 464

Control 100
I'ppvr fixposun- 18
Control 3
UIIPLT F-xnopuru' 0
l.ow..-r Exposure 0
RL-i-nut-ry 0
Control 4
UpplT DtpUS-Uri: 0
U>WL-r Exp.ihiiri.' 1
Kfuwi-rv 0
Ojiurol 189
1'1'pLT L.xposuru 0
U-wt-r t.-.posiiri- 0
Rc.-.,vL.rv 2
C-.tiitn>l 63
L'ppu-r Kxposun- 0
Lowt-r Kxposuri' 0
Rui ovi-rv 0



rnntr.il 4
I'ppor l-.\pnsuri- 1
LUWLT Exposure i
Rc-i iivt-rv Pour
Control 21
Upper Exposure 2
Luwi-r r.xposurL- 1
Ri-. nvt-rv 0
Control 21 1
llpiu-r i:-
0
9
1
0
6
0
3
10
2
h
1 1
60



0
0
0
K-
0
1
1
LI
1
260
2,486
10
L7
0
0

11
£"-

^f)
urc st
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
l(
0
0
0
o



0
0

-
0
0
0
[)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
C .0
g- ~
'i-
216
irced
,,
0
1
1
24
33
133
0
i
1 5
205
4
9
91
59
0
5
1 12



f>
H
4

9
4
8
68
L3
9
9
32
9
5
T
C. -—
L. ^
1
;
/I6/70
0
0
0
3
1
1 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
j
0
5
1



0
1 3
0

0
JO
23
i J
0
66
52
73
10
1 1
31
r~
1 '"w
"H "^
^
0

243 ,
0
0
j
2
Ifi5
12
31
13
0
2
12
28
86
94
13
14
151



1
5
3

1
0
2
24
0
0
35
98
4
0
1 10

-. --
-o --c

5

1
0
0
1
0
0
1
3
12
9

4
9
24
7
5
7
3



0
0
0
-
0
j
0
4
0
0
0
1
4
1

2J!
E =
~
0

0
n
0
o
i
0
I
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0



0
0
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
4

i 1
- '-
* ~
2

0
0
0
0
10
0
5
0
0
*
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0



0
0
0
-
7
2
0
7
0
5
2
5
1
8
1 I

11
" S

0

0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
13
0
0
0
6
1
0
0
I



0
0
3
-
1
0
n
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1?
% z

0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0



0
0
0

0
1
0
0 i
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1 t-
: %
a n
_ _
0

0
3
0
0
0
0
2
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0



0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
"I
0
ul

y
OJ 0
•"•
0

4
0 '
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0



0
1 '
o'

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

ll
- t

0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0



0
0
0
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0

•^
(2

864

3,342
194
249
186
83
269
354
183
70
14h
697
230
258
403
305
62
189
JS3



18
56
24
-
158
112
235
287
335
2,920
6,285
270
559
52
31 1
                                  75

-------
>•
O
o
tu
cc
ULJ
CC
O
cc
LU
Q_
   100
    50
   500
   400
>  300
Q
£  200
co
   100
     0

—


n
|n
                            o {•:•:•
I
                                         Control     Upper     Lower    Recovery
                                                  Exposure   Exposure

                                                       AREAS
                                    0 0 Xv
                                                                          O 0    	0 0
      2-16-701   MO-70   7-16-70   8-26-70    10-19-70  11-25-70   3-2-71    4-21-70   6-3-70     7-15-71
       Figure  26.   Ephemeroptera (mayflies):   natural substrate collections.

-------
concentrations in the exposure area were  too  high.   The  average  copper
concentrations at the upper exposure,  lower exposure,  and  recovery  sampling
locations for the period June through  September  1970 were  114, 58,  and  17  ug/Z.,
respectively.  Mayflies are both terrestrial  and aerial  as adults and thus have
the potential to deposit eggs in all portions of Shayler Run.  The  relatively  few
mayflies captured in the exposure area from July 1970  until the  end of  the study
are believed to have been produced in  the  control area,  and the  young were probably
transported downstream during high water.  The reduction in the  mayfly  population
in the exposure area is attributed to  copper.

Amphipoda (scudjQ

     This group of organisms was represented  by  three  species  in the stream,
Crangonyx anomalus, jC. setodactylus, and  Synurella dentata.  Their  normal
habitat is shallow, slow-moving water  where aquatic  vegetation and  organic detritus
are present.  Collections from basket  samplers and natural substrates (Tables  15
and 17) indicate that scuds were more  abundant during  the  spring and early
summer, and the population levels in the  control and exposure areas were
similar.  Also, there was little reproduction or survival  during 1970 and  1971,
but the cause is not known.

     Results from the weir-screen collections (Table 16, Figure  27)  show a
considerable difference in the numbers of  scuds moving downstream from  the exposure
area and the numbers from the control  area during the  first few  months  of  exposure.
For the period of February 23 to May 8, 1970, there  was a  25-fold difference
(3,937-157) between the number of scuds collected on the exposure screens  and  the
number on the control screens.  The high drift rate  from the exposure area is
attributed to the addition of copper.

Chironomidae

     The population of Chironomids in  the  stream was composed of 30 species
(Table 13).  Peak population levels normally  occurred  in May, June, and July
(Tables 15, 16, and 17, Figures 28 and 29).  Like mayflies,  the  adults  are both
terrestrial and aerial and may deposit eggs in surface water.

     Basket-sampler collections made before exposure to copper showed that the
Chironomid population in the exposure  area was somewhat greater  than that  of the
control area.  The frequency of occurrence (Figure 28) of  Chironomids per
individual samples averaged less than  10%  for the control  station and the  two
exposure-area stations.  During the exposure period, however, there was a
substantial increase in the Chironomid population of the exposure area  compared
to that of the control.  The average frequency of occurrence per sample increased
to 15% for the control, but there was a major increase at  the exposure  stations
to 60% and 43% for upstream and downstream stations, respectively.  The percentage
increase shows the dominance of Chironomids in the exposure area during the
exposure period over some of the more common forms that had been adversely affected
by copper, such as isopods and mayflies.    It is reasonable  to believe that, with
the reduction in numbers of other common forms of macroinvertebrates and the
reduction in the exposed fish population, Chironomids that  could withstand the
copper concentration had less competition for food and space along  with less
predation and therefore, flourished during this period.

                                       77

-------
       OC
       u- 100
          50 -
       Z
       in
       <->   0
       cc
         500
00
- 300

Q
Z
       cc
       111
       CO
       2
       3100
       Z
                          JJ
                            _d
_d
1]
                                                                                            I
                                                                                  CONTROL  EXPOSURE
                                                                                      AREAS
                                                                                                                                            oo
            2-23-70   2-25-70   2-28-70    3-9-70   3-11-70   3-12-70   3-17-70    4-8-70   4-22-70    5-1-70   5-8-70    5-29-70   6-25-70   7-15-70     9-9-70   4-20-71    6-4-71    7-1511
        O
        UJ
        Q o
        O r-
        < "^
           CD
        •a. 
-------
o
z
LLJ

O
LLJ
  100
LLJ
>
  50
Z
LLJ

O  0
DC
LLJ
Q_
  200
  150
^ 100
0
en
LLJ
CO
JJl
                                                                                i_
Z
    J=l
1
               _O
               I
                                                Control   Upper   Lower  Recovery
                                                     Exposure Exposure

                                                        AREAS
J^
                         I feo
    4-17-69  6-4-69   7-17-69   8-28-69  10-9-69 11-18-69  2-16-70 I  4T70
                                                  7-14-70  8-26-70  10-12-70  11-24-70  3-2-71   4-21-71  6-3-71  7-15-71
          Figure 28.   Chironomidae (Chironomids):   basket-sampler collections.

-------
00
o
                                                              Upper     Lower   Recovery
                                                            Exposure  Exposure

                                                                  AREAS
                         ° 2-16-70   6-10-70    7-16-70   8-26-70  10-19-70  11-25-70   3-2-71    4-21-70   6-3-70   7-15-71


                             Figure 29.   Chironomidae (Chironomids):   natural substrate collections.

-------
Psephenidae (riffle beetles)

     Only one species of riffle beetle, Psephenus  herricki,  was  present  in  the
collections, and it was common during  the pre-exposure  period  in the  control  area
and in even greater numbers in the exposure area  (Tables  16  and  17, Figures  30  and
31).  Riffle beetle larvae adhere very  tightly  to  rocks in shallow, swift-moving
waters, and thus they contributed little to the number  of drift  organisms
collected on the weir screens (Table 16).  The  adults are semi-aquatic and  can  fly.
Eggs, therefore, could be deposited in  any area of  the  stream  regardless of
copper concentration.

     During the exposure period, from June 1970 onward, the  population of riffle
beetles was reduced in the exposure area as compared to the  population curing the
pre-exposure period (Table 15, Figure 30).  The population in  the  control area
during the exposure period was comparable to the pre-exposure  level.  The recovery
area station had a population during the exposure  period  greater than that  at the
exposure stations and somewhat similar  to that  at  the control  station.  This
response was similar to that of mayflies, in that  the population of riffle  beetles
was greater in the recovery area where  the copper  concentration  was lower.   It
appears that copper adversely affected  the riffle  beetle  population in the
exposure area.

Trichoptera (caddisflies)

     Few caddisflies were collected in  basket samplers  as compared with natural
substrate sampling.  The results from rock scrubbing were similar  to  those  of
Anderson and Mason (1968) when they made comparisons of sampling success by
Ekman dredge and basket sampler.  The data indicate that  caddisflies  were not
greatly affected by copper (Figure 32,  Tables 15,  16, and 17).

Periphyton

     Of the various parameters examined, species composition was found to be  the
most sensitive and informative measure  of the effects of  copper  on the periphyton
community.  Two of the dominant species of algae were eliminated from the
periphyton:  the diatom Cocconeis placentula var.  euglypta,  and  the filamentous
green alga, Cladophora glomerata.  Cocconeis placentula, which commonly contributed
85-98% of the summer diatoms in the exposure area  before  the addition of copper,
was replaced by three species of diatoms—Nitzschia palea, Navicula minima, and
and ^N. seminulum var. hustedtii.  Other species of algae  that were more abundant
in the treated area than in the control area of the stream were  the filamentous
blue-green alga Schizothrix calcicola and the desmids Cosmarium  granatum and C^.
subprotumidum.

     A manuscript presenting more detailed information  concerning  effects of  copper  on
the Shayler Run periphyton community Is being prepared  by C. I.  Weber and B. J.
McFarland of the Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, U.  S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.
                                       81

-------
       u
       z
       a
       LU
       <  50
       _i
       ui
       en
       I  »
       oc
         200
                                        m
OO
ro
                                                                                 D      I
Control    Upper    Lower   Recovery
       Exposure  Exposure

           AREAS
            4-17-69   64-69    7-17-69    8-28-69    10-9-69   11-18-69   2-16-701    4-9-70    6-1-70    7-14-70   8-26-70   10-12-70   11-24-70    3-2-71    4-21-71    6-3-71   7-15-71
                            Figure  30.    Psephenidae  (riffle beetles):    basket-sampler  collections.

-------
00
o

LLJ


O
UJ
DC
LL.

UJ
>
                          O
                          cc
                          O
                          z
                          O
                          oc
                          UJ
                          m
                          S
                              100
                               50
                              500
                              400
                              300
                              200
                              100
                                 1
                                  0       I
                                Control    Upper      Lower    Recovery
                                         Exposure  Exposure
                                                                        AREAS
                                  2-16-70    6-10-70   7-16-70   8-26-70   10-19-70   11-25-70    3-2-71    4-21-70   6-3-70    7-15-71
                                Figure 31.   Psephenidae (riffle beetles):   natural substrate collections,

-------
                           >-
                           o
00
-P-
                          12100

                          a
                          UJ
                          oc
                          u.
                          Ill
                          > 50
                          I-
                          01
                          oc
                          5   0
                          o
                          oc
                            500
                          5300
                          o
                          cc
                          LLJ •
                          m'
                            100
                                2-16-70
                                                                                                    _n
                Control    Upper      Lower    Recovery
                        Exposure   Exposure

                            AREAS
6-10-70    7-16-70   8-26-70  10-19-70   11-25-70    3-2-71    4-21-70   6-3-70    7-1571
                               Figure  32.   Trichoptera (caddisflies):   natural  substrate  collections.

-------
                                   SECTION XII

                              FISH-STOMACH ANALYSIS
INTRODUCTION

     Continuous observations of feeding habits reveal that selectivity of organisms
by fishes, even within the limits of a single ration and absolutely  stable
conditions, is not a constant value, and any quantitative measurement  is a
function of the food consumed (Ivelev, 1961).  It was assumed that if
macroinvertebrates were reduced or eliminated by copper, the number  of fish
dependent upon this food source in the exposure area would be reduced by migration,
starvation, and predation.  If fish were to survive, a shift in diet to other
food materials would have to occur.  The phenomena of electivity of  feeding based
upon a preference shown by the stream fishes and upon the degree of  accessibility
of food organisms could not be assessed under natural conditions.  Therefore the
predominant organisms found in fish stomachs were compared with data obtained
from the artificial and natural substrates used during the study.  This is in
keeping with the proven results that show that electivity values in  any biological
system are the ratio between the concentrations of the ingredients making up the
food complex.

     It was thought originally that five or six fish species would lend themselves
to stomach-content analysis, but this was not the case.  To be useful the species
would have to be common in both the control and exposure areas throughout the
study period, and their stomach contents would have to be identifiable.  The two
species that met these requirements were the green sunfish and the orangethroat
darter, both of which spawned rather well in the exposure area.

METHODS

     Fish specimens analyzed for stomach content were from the eight biannual fish
collections discussed earlier.  Ten specimens each of green sunfish and
orangethroat darters were chosen from both control and exposure area collections.
Fish were selected so that the lengths of individual specimens within each group
from control and exposure collections were duplicated as close as possible.   The
orangethroat darters were analyzed for all eight biannual fish collections,  four
pre-exposure collections and four exposure-period collections.  Green sunfish
stomach contents,  however, were only analyzed for the two 1969 pre-exposure
collections and the following four exposure-period collections.  More than 85%
of the stomach contents from both species could be identified for all specimens.
Since all fish of  60-mm total length or greater were injected with AFA
after collecting,  preservation of the stomach contents was excellent.

     Total lengths of each fish were recorded,  and their stomachs were removed
intact.  Stomach contents were removed with fine forceps and placed  in a petri
dish containing distilled water.   The materials were examined with the aid of a

                                       85

-------
 stereomicroscope or a compound microscope when necessary at magnifications  from
 10X  to 1000X.  Organisms found in the stomach materials were identified  and
 enumerated.

 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     The organisms found in the stomachs of orangethroat darters and green  sunfish
 are  listed in Tables 18 and 19, respectively.  The numbers shown for each group
 of macroinvertebrates are the totals from 10 stomachs.  The group classified as
 other aquatic macroinvertebrates consists of the following:  cranefly, stonefly,
 leech, and nematode.  Based on their occurrence, fish and terrestrial invertebrates
 were not of major importance in the diet of orangethroat darters during  either the
 pre-exposure or the exposure period.

 Orangethroat Darter

     At least 9 of the 10 stomachs per sample contained food, including  the samples
 from the exposure area during the exposure period.  In general, more organisms
 were present in orangethroat darter stomachs in the exposure-period collections
 than in the pre-exposure collections for both the control and exposure samples
 (Table 8, Figure 33).  Based on pre-exposure data, the dominant food items 'for
 this species of fish were sowbugs, mayflies, copepods, and Chironomids.  This
 would be expected since sowbugs, mayflies, and Chironomids were the most common
 benthic organisms in the stream during the pre-exposure period.

     During the exposure period sowbugs and mayflies were practically eliminated in
 the  exposure area, and this, in turn, was reflected in the stomach contents of
 the  orangethroat darters collected in the fall of 1970 and in both spring and fall
 of 1971 (Table 18, Figure 34 and 35).  The sowbugs present in the stomachs  from
 the  fish in the exposure area for this period were found only in the spring
 collections, and these specimens were small early instars that could have passed
 through the weir screens.  The mayflies, which were present in the orangethroat
 darter stomachs from the exposure area for the May 15, 1970,  collection, were
 probably produced in the exposure area.

     The mayfly population in the exposure area was still fair into June 1970.  In
 the  next three collections only two mayfly specimens were found in orangethroat
 darter stomachs from the April 7, 1971, collection, and these may have been washed
 from the control area during high water.

     During the spring months copepods contributed large numbers to the diet of
 orangethroat darters (Table 18, Figure 36), except for the 1969 spring collection
which was made earlier than the other spring collections when the normal spring
 population increase of copepods had not yet occurred.  The water temperature was
 still low (3° C), and the fish probably were not feeding heavily.  During the
 exposure periods copepods made up a higher percentage of the spring diet of the
 orangethroat darter in both the control and exposure area.

     The effects of the copper exposure on copepods in the stream are not known.
 Copepods were not normally captured or studied during the project, and therefore
 population comparisons were not possible.  Because of their small size, many of
 the  specimens found in the stomachs may have originated in the control area and
 passed through the weir screens.
                                       86

-------
         TABLE 18.   NUMBER OF ORGANISMS  IN THE STOMACHS  OF ORANGETHROAT DARTERS,  SHAYLER RUN,  1968-71










Collection area
Aquatic macroinvertebrates
Diptera (true flies)
Chironomidae (midges)
Simuliidae (blackflies)
Coleoptera (beetles)
Psephenidae (water penny)
Elmidae (riffle beetles)
Ephemeroptera (mayflies)
Trichoptera (caddisf lies)
Amphipoda (scuds)
Copepoda (Copepods)
Decapoda (crayfish)
Isopoda (sowbug)
Ostracoda (shrimps)
Oligochaeta (worms)
Other aquatic macroinvertebrates
Pisces (fish)
Terrestrial invertebrates
Total

Number of empty stomachs
Length of fish-range mm
Pre-exposure period
Spring
4/11/68

iH
O
M
4-1
c
O
u


78


1

2
2
5
70

37
7
3
1


206

1
45-56


a
en
o
a.
X
w


44
1

2
1


5
13

12
21
9



108

0
45-57
Fall
9/26/68

t— i
o
M
u
c
0
cj>


41
1


1
32


14

22
25




136

0
45-56
0)
M
3
w
0
ex
X
w


Spring
3/18/69

rH
O
)-l
U
c
0
o


54 | 14
1

1
1
18
3

6

5
51




139

0
45-58



1
1
2
4
2
3

3



31

1
44-52
a)
p
3
en
o
ex
X
w


9




1
2
1
3

1

3
1


21

1
46-55
Fall
9/26/69

M
0
M
4-J
d
o
o


46




28
1



31

1

1

108

0
48-58
OJ
M
a
w
o
o.
X
w


7


2

11

2
2

18



2
2
46

1
49-59
	









o
r-.
U~l
.-H
CM
TJ
0)
4_l
!_i
a)
ij
to
OJ
LJ
3
CO
o
CL
X
OJ
>-i
OJ
ex
ex
o
CJ






Exposure
Spring
5/15/70

i-H
O
}-i
JJ
c
o
o


69
11


1
32
3

89

57
11
1



274

0
38-55
OJ
^
3
CO
O
O.
X
W


207
3

1

8
6

136

64
2
3
1


433

0
45-53
Fall
10/6/70

rH
O
kl
4J
C
a


19




10




33

2



64

1
48-58
OJ
^
3
w
o
ex
X
ta


70





1

5







76

1
48-58
period
Spring
4/7/71


o
M
JJ
C
s


40




15
2
8
223

12

11
1


312

0
41-57
cu
P
0
W
o
ex
X
M


37




2
3
9
108

1
1
2


1
164

1
44-56
Fall
10/5/71

T-H
O
M
4J
C
O
u


48
1



32
1

1

20



1
3
107

0
42-52
QJ
£
3
CO
o
ex
iB


122
1




2

1





1

127

1
40-54
O3

-------
                   TABLE 19.  NUMBER OF ORGANISMS IN THE STOMACHS OF GREEN SUNFISH,  SHAYLER RUN,  1969-71
00
00
Pre-exposure period Exposure
Spring
3/18/69



o


J-J
o
Collection Area °
Aquatic macroinver tebrates
Diptera (true flies)
Chironomidae (midges) 6
Tipulidae (craneflies) 4
Coleoptera (beetles)
Psephenidae (riffle beetles) 1
Ephemeroptera (mayflies) 9
Trichoptera (caddisflies)
Amphipoda (scuds) 15
Copepoda (Copepods)
Decapoda (crayfish)
Isopoda (sowbugs) 8
Oligochaeta (worms) 4
Odonata
Zygoptera (damsel flies)
Anisoptera (dragonf lies)
_ , . , T
Pisces (fish) 1

Terrestrial invertebrates
Total 51
Number of empty stomachs 0
Length of fish-range mm 103-152

Fall Spring
9/21/69 5/15/70

OJ
^i t-H
3 O
CO V-i
o ' *-J
ex c:
X
w
o


OJ
M iH
P O
CO ^1
O u
cx c:
x o

1

! 2


1
6

11


8
1




1


28
1
92-143


o
3 ^ 7
C 1

TH M rH 1 VJ
0 3
^ to
4J 0

0 X
u w


5 27


10
11 2
2
38 ! 9
21
1 ' 4
34 , 2
1

!
! 1

i
i
7


131
0
101-175^82-155




6
50
1
O ' 3
VJ to
4J O
C CX
O X
o w


2 |


17
11
1


1 1
20 1
|
1



1 ' 5

1 4
54 ' 12
i 4 4
86-16CJ80-155177-120
i i

-------
00
                   500
                   400
                c/s
                = 300
                   200
                   100
CO
LU
oe
CO
CD
Q_
X
                                                                                 D CONTROL
                                                                                 • EXPOSURE
                           AREAS
                                                                                   1
                                     fl
                               SPRING      FALL      SPRING      FALL
                              4-11-68     9-26-68   3-18-69   9-26-69
     SPRING
     5-15-70
  FALL
10-6-70
 SPRING
4-7-71
  FALL
10-5-71
                    Figure  33.   Total numbers of macroinvertebrates  found in orangethroat  darter stomachs.

-------
IUU
t/i
LLl
t—
ee
u_ CO
PERCENT C
IDUALS MACROINVERTt
Z£ "i
<=><=> c=>
s 100
LJ_
^D
O=
LUI
al 50
^
0


ft fl n. 1

r—
CO
ca
LjJ
	 l—
oo
LLj
	 X
UJ
IL n „ Ik
SPRING FALL SPRING FALL


ft „ fl

AREASDCOHTROl
• EXPOSURE
—

1-
1 n. 0
SPRING FALL SPRING FALL
4-11-68 9-26-68 3-18-69 9-26-69 5-15-70 10-6-70 4-7-71 10-5-71
Figure 34.  Isopoda (sowbugs) found in orangethroat darter stomachs.

-------
c/> 1UU 	
LU
CC
QQ
LU
£ 50 -
0
I . fb
u
iRn

« AREAS
| 100 -
ca
CD
2 50 -

SPRING FALL
4-11-68 9-26-68


„ 1

CM
D CONTROL £
• EXPOSURE g
oo
LU
ae.
CD
O_
X
LU
_ H
SPRING FALL

—
„ n . 1



—
—
n n
i n
• n IL i
SPRING FALL SPRING FALL
3-18-69 9-26-69 5-15-70 10-6-70 4-7-71 10-5-71
Figure 35.  Ephemeroptera (mayflies) found in orangethroat darter stomachs.

-------
   100.
    50
V)
   200
   150
Q

5  100
cc
£   50
                                 r,
DCONTROL
• EXPOSURE
                                  AREAS
                       C/J

                       UJ
                             1
             SPRING      FALL      SPRING      FALL
                            SPRING      FALL      SPRING      FALL
            4-11-68    9-26-68   3-18-69    9-26-69    5-15-70   10-6-70    4-7-71     10-5-71
         Figure  36.   Copepoda found  in orangethroat darter  stomachs.

-------
     The chironomids as a  group  provided  the  greatest  numbers  of individuals in
 the diet of the orangethroat darter  in  both the  control and exposure areas for
 the pre-exposure and exposure  periods  (Table  18,  Figure 37).   In general,
 chironomids were not adversely affected by  the addition of  copper to the stream,
 and the stomach analyses indicate  that  they composed a larger  portion of the diet
 of the orangethroat darter in  the  exposure  area  during the  exposure  periods.

 Green Sunfish

     The results of the green  sunfish stomach analysis are  presented in  Table  19.
 The data were treated as they  were for  the  orangethroat darter.   The group
 classified as other aquatic macroinvertebrates consists of  the following:
 Stratiomyidae, Elmidae, Plecoptera, Megaloptera,  Hirudinea,  Ostracoda, Physa, and
 salamander larvae.  All of these were found in stomachs of  green sunfish from  the
 control area only, except  the  salamander  larvae  of which only one specimen was
 observed from the stomach  of a green sunfish  from the  exposure area.

     A few empty stomachs  were found during the  pre-exposure-period  collections.
 A greater number of empty  stomachs occurred during the exposure  period,  but  the
 numbers were similar for both  the  control and exposure specimens.  No  relationship
 between empty stomachs and exposure  to  copper was found.

     The numbers of organisms  present in  green sunfish stomachs  in the
 pre-exposure collections were  similar for control and  exposure-area  specimens
 (Table 19, Figure 38).  However, the numbers  of  organisms present  in green
 sunfish stomachs were from two to  five  times  greater in control  specimens  than in
 exposure specimens in collections  during  the  exposure  period.

     During the pre-exposure period  five  groups  of food  organisms were present in the
 control fish stomachs at levels greater than 10% of the total numbers.  These were
 Chironomids, sowbugs, mayflies,  scuds,  and  riffle beetles.  During the same
 period, however, only mayflies,  scuds,  and  sowbugs were above the  10%  level  in
 the stomachs of exposure-area  fish.

     The reduced population of sowbugs  and  mayflies in the  exposure  area is
 reflected by the stomach contents  of exposure-area green  sunfish  for  the same
 period.  In the first exposure-period collection, 19 sowbugs were found  in fish
 stomachs from the exposure area.   For the remaining three collections, only one
 or two were found per collection (Figure  39).  During  the pre-exposure period
 mayflies made up approximately 20% of the food organisms  in the  diet  in  both
 control and exposure areas.  During  the exposure period  this level was maintained
 for the control area (Figure 40),  but only  two specimens  of mayflies were
 present in green sunfish stomachs  from  the  exposure-period  collections.  This
 supports the observations  during the macroinvertebrate  study.

     Scuds normally occurred in  stomachs of fish collected  in the spring,  but not
 in those collected during  the  fall.  Scuds  found in the  fish stomachs  during the
 pre-exposure spring collection were  all adults,  since  reproduction of  this form
 had not yet occurred.  Specimens of  scuds from green sunfish stomachs  during the
 exposure period were of mixed  sizes  in control-area fish  stomachs, but were all
 small (early instars) in the stomachs from  exposure-area fish.  Adult  scuds were
 either not present or at least were  very scarce'in the  exposure  area.  It  is also
possible that the newly hatched young present in the exposure-area fish  stomachs
were not produced in the exposure area,  but were from  the control area.


                                        93

-------
                                 00
PERCENT OF
MACKOIN VERTEBRA
en
o o
" 1 1
1
1
\ I
1
—
VO
                                200
                                150
                             Q 100
                             S  50
 0 CONTROL
 • EXPOSURE
                                                                 AREAS
I
                                         SPRING     FALL      SPRING     FALL   I  SPRING      FALL      SPRING      FALL
                                         4-11-68    9-26-68   3-18-69   9-26-69    5-15-70   10-6-70.   4-7-71    10-5-71
                             Figure  37„   Chironomidae  (Chironomids) found in  orangethroat darter stomachs.

-------
    150
    100
     50
                                                            Q CONTROL AREAS
                                                            • EXPOSURE
                                                                  i
              3-18-69    9-26-69 |  5-15-70   10-6-70    4-7-71     10-5-71
Figure 38.  Total numbers of organisms found  in  green  sunfish stomachsc

-------
   100

C3
    50
              I
   100
I  50
                             oo
                             <=>
                             O-
                             X
                      [i
                                          D CONTROL
                                          • EXPOSURE
                    AREAS
                                                                 JL
            3-18-69    9-26-69
5-15-70    10-6-70    4-7-71     10-5-71
     Figure 39.   Isopoda (sowbugs) found  in green sunfish stomachs.

-------
CO
   100
    50
    150
=  100
    50
1 1

r—
co
CM
a
LLJ
L_
«*
	 CO
LLJ
oc.
CO
a.
X
LU
rh rl
3-18-69 9-26-69
n n ru II
aCONTROL AREAS
| EXPOSURE _

—


n n. n
5-15-70 10-6-70 4-7-71 10-5-71
  Figure 40.   Ephemeroptera (mayflies) found in green sunfish stomachs.

-------
     Chironomids, even though present in both control and exposure areas
throughout the study period, were not as important in the green sunfish diet as
they were in the diet of the orangethroat darter  (Tables 18 and 19, Figure 41).
In one collection during the exposure period, however, Chironomids composed as
much as 54% of the total organisms present in stomach contents of green sunfish
in the exposure area.

     Fish composed a portion of the diet of green sunfish during the study.  Even
though few were actually present in stomachs, a number of these specimens were
large when compared to other food forms and thus did constitute a considerable
volume of the diet (Table 19, Figure 42).  The number of fish present in the
stomachs was similar in control-area and exposure-area sunfish for both the
pre-exposure and exposure periods.  If common food organisms such as sowbugs,
mayflies, and scuds were reduced, a shift in diet to fish might occur.  Such a
shift would be mitigated because there was also a major reduction in the
population of fishes in the exposure area during the same period.

     Terrestrial organisms were not common in the stomachs of green sunfish
during the pre-exposure period (Table 19, Figure 43).  During the exposure period,
however, a greater number were present in the stomach contents, especially for the
exposure-area specimens.   This is not unexpected since common aquatic food
organisms of green sunfish had been reduced.   Even though only a limited shift in
food type did occur in the exposed green sunfish population, if copper were
added to the stream for a longer period, food could become the limiting factor
for the population of green sunfish in the exposure area.
                                     98

-------
  100
   50
              JL
 J
  100
^  50
Ul-
<=>

ee.
UJ
ea
              n
                                            HI CONTROL

                                            • EXPOSURE
                       AREAS
                            CO
                            CD
                     1
             3-18-69   9-26-69
5-15-70    10-6-70    4-7-71     10-5-71
Figure 41.   Chironomidae (Chironomids) found in green  sunfish stomachs,

-------
o
o
                           C/9



                           OO
                             100
                              50
                                                   _TL
                              100
.CO

 C3
 Q_

 X
                           I   50
                                        3-18-69   9-26-69
                1
n
J
                                                                     D CONTROL


                                                                     • EXPOSURE
                           AREAS
                                                                       Ih	TL
      5-15-70   10-6-70     4-7-71     10-5-71
                                     Figure 42.   Fish found in green  sunfish stomachs.

-------
CO
                            CO

                            CM
    100
    50
D  CONTROL
•   EXPOSURE
                                                            AREAS
             3-18-69    9-26-69     5-15-70   10-6-70_    4-7-71     10-5-71
     Figure 43.   Terrestrial organisms found in green  sunfish  stomachs.

-------
                           PART C — LABORATORY STUDIES


                                   SECTION XIII

                                   ACUTE STUDIES
INTRODUCTION

     In preparation for long-term exposure of the stream to a constant
concentration of copper, laboratory toxicity tests were conducted to evaluate
acute copper toxicity to fish in Shayler Run water.  The data from these toxicity
tests were to be used not only for the evaluation of acute toxicity, but also for
predicting "safe" and "unsafe" concentrations in Shayler Run.  To evaluate acute
copper toxicity in Shayler Run water, two major objectives were pursued:   (1) to
determine the effect of changes in water quality of Shayler Run on acute toxicity,
and  (2) to determine the relative sensitivity of several common stream species.
                                         *
     Because many water quality factors influence copper toxicity, it was
necessary to know how acute toxicity of copper in Shayler Run water varied with
the varying water quality of the stream.  Most of these toxicity tests were
conducted with unmodified Shayler Run water.  A few were made, however, with water
from the Newtown Fish Toxicology Station (NFTS) laboratory (standard water) and
with modified Shayler Run water.  The bluntnose minnow, a common Shayler Run fish
species, and the fathead minnow were used in these toxicity tests.  Static tests
were used so that more bioassays could be conducted and so that large volumes of
water would not be needed.

     To determine the copper concentration to be used in the stream exposure, it
was desirable to know what concentrations of copper in Shayler Run water might
be acutely lethal to the more sensitive species.  Also, the acute toxicity data
were to be used for predicting direct chronic toxicity of copper in the Shayler
Run exposure to species with which streamside chronic tests could not be
conducted.  This was to be done by assuming that the order of sensitivity of the
stream species to copper would be the same in both short-term and long-term
exposures.

     The model for predicting long-term direct toxicity to the species in the
stream exposure was the laboratory chronic toxicity studies of Mount (1968) and
Mount and Stephan (1969).  They proposed that the application factor for copper
be calculated by dividing the maximum acceptable toxicant concentration (MATC)
of a chronic test by the LC50 concentration of an acute test, using the same
species of fish in the same dilution water.  They suggested that the application
factor might be applicable to other species of fish.  The application factor
assumes that the relative sensitivity of various species in terms of the
MATC's should be the same as the relative sensitivities of the species in terms
of the LC50 in the same water.  The application factor does not assume that the
relative sensitivities of different species must be the same in all waters.
                                      102

-------
     The relative sensitivity studies were made with flow-through  testing  to
more closely duplicate stream conditions.  Sensitivity of  fish  species  was
determined and evaluated in terms of the 96-hr LC50 values of copper.   These
species were tested at different times in the standard water, and  a  series  of
three tests was conducted with different species at the  same time  in Shayler
Run water.

METHODS

Water Quality Studies

     These static acute mortality tests were conducted according to  routine
bioassay methods recommended by the American Public Health Association  (1965).
The physical and chemical characteristics of Shayler Run water  and copper
concentrations were measured as reported in Part A  (Water Quality-Chemical).
Copper was added to the test chamber from a stock solution of reagent-grade
CuSCv 5H20 dissolved in distilled water.  At least  five  concentrations  with a
0.5 dilution factor were tested; 10 fish were used  for each concentration.  The
experimental design of these bioassays gave estimated LC50 values  by using
graphical interpolation.  In addition, some of the  LC50  values  were  calculated
by probit analysis using a computer program based on Chapter 18 "Assays Based on
Quantal Response" in "Statistical Methods in Biological  Assay"  (Finney,  1971).

     The bluntnose minnow was used as the test species for the  toxicity tests
conducted at the NFTS, because it was the most abundant  species in Shayler Run
and is adaptable to laboratory conditions.  All test fish were  young-of-the-year
individuals collected from Shayler Run.  The test fish were held in  Shayler Run
water at the natural stream temperature, and the fish along with the stream
water were brought to the laboratory on the day of  testing.  Initially  the fish
averaged 25 mm in length; at the end of the testing period they averaged 50 mm.
For a given bioassay the size of the largest fish was not more  than  1.5  times
the length of the smallest.  Initially, 10 fish were tested in  2 1.  of  solution.  As
the season progressed and the fish grew, the volume of the test solution was
increased so that the weight of fish in the test containers did not  exceed 1 g/Z.
and dissolved oxygen concentrations were maintained above 4 mg/Z..  The  volume
for 10 fish was increased to 3, 6, and 10 1.  The test fish were added  to the
3.8-1. or 19-1. wide-mouth glass jars immediately after  the preparation of the
test solutions.  Tests lasted 48 hr, even though most of the deaths  occurred in
24 hr at the test temperature of 24±2° C.

     The usual source of Shayler Run water was from just above  the V-notch weir,
the point of copper introduction  A few bioassays were  conducted with  Shayler
Run water upstream from the entrance of the effluent from the sewage treatment
plant and with standard laboratory water.  The majority  of the  bioassays were
conducted in unmodified stream water; however, to investigate sources of
variation of copper toxicity, the stream water was modified for some tests.

     For the tests conducted on site, the fathead minnow was used.   The fish
were obtained from the Newtown Fish Farm, Ohio Department of Natural Resources,
Division of Wildlife, and were acclimated for at least 2 weeks  in  stream water.
These fish ranged from 20 to 71 mm total length, but for an individual  test the
difference in length between the largest and the smallest fish  was less than two
times.  The test chambers were 19-Z. wide-mouth jars and contained 10 1. of
                                       103

-------
unaerated stream water.  The chambers were placed in a flow-through water  bath
supplied with stream water, and the bioassay was run at ambient  stream  water
temperature.  Five fish were randomly assigned to duplicate chambers  to give  a
total of 10 fish per concentration.  Numbers of dead fish were recorded every
24 hr for 7 days.  Dissolved oxygen, pH, alkalinity, and hardness were  measured
at the beginning of each test before fish were added and at the  end.  One  hour
after copper was added, samples for dissolved copper analysis were taken from
one of each set of duplicate test chambers.  At the end of the static tests the
test solutions were acidified, and samples were taken for total  copper  analysis.

Relative Sensitivity Studies

Standard Water—

     Two flow-through exposure systems were used to test the acute toxicity of
copper in the standard water.  A proportional diluter (Mount and Brungs, 1967)
was used to deliver a control and five toxicant concentrations with a dilution
factor of 0.6.  The glass test chambers were 30 by 30 by 30 cm high and
were calibrated by means of a standpipe to contain 15 1. of test solution.  The
water from the diluter was divided to deliver 500 ml to each duplicate  tank.
A chemical-metering device was used to deliver reagent-grade copper sulfate
(CuSOti-St^O) solution from a Mariotte bottle.  The standard dilution water was
a mixture of spring water and carbon-filtered demineralized Cincinnati  tap water
maintained at a hardness of 200 mg/Z.. (as CaCOg).  During the tests the
characteristics of this water were as follows:  hardness, 196-205 mg/Z-.  (as
CaCOs); alkalinity, 148-161 mg/Z.. (as CaC03); pH, 7.9-8.1; and temperature
23-25° C.

     The fathead minnows, bluegills, and brown bullheads were obtained  from
ponds at the Newtown Fish Farm.  All other species were collected from  Shayler
Run and nearby streams.  Test fish were held in 50-gal glass aquaria receiving
flowing water similar to that used during the testing.  All fish were acclimated
in the laboratory to the exposure temperature of 24°± 1° C for at least  30 days.

     Bluegills and brown bullheads were larger, and only five fish per  duplicate
test chamber were used.  All other species were tested with 10 individuals per
duplicate chamber.  The LC50 values were calculated by graphical analysis
(American Public Health Association, 1965) for each duplicate series of  10 fish
per concentration; for the bluegills and brown bullheads, the duplicates were
combined for the calculation.  The LC50 values and 95% confidence limits were
also calculated from the data on the combined duplicates.  Total copper
concentrations were measured from daily grab samples.   In some cases these grab
samples were composited for the duration of the test,  and the composite
concentration was measured.

Shayler Run Water—

     A series of flow-through tests was done at the NFTS for appraisal  of acute
copper toxicity in Shayler Run water.  The dilution water was hauled over a
2- to 3-day period and stored in an underground 19-kiloliter polyester-lined
tank and a 11.4-kiloliter cement cistern.  The water was piped to an indoor
stainless steel headbox for use during the test.  Test water was aerated
continuously in these tanks and in the indoor stainless steel headbox.   From
this headbox a pipe manifold delivered water to three proportional diluters.

                                       104

-------
For the two series of tests conducted during November  1969,  the  diluters
delivered a control and five test concentrations  to  each  exposure  system.   A
dilution factor of 0.6 was used in  this series.   In  the other  tests  the  diluters
delivered a control and six concentrations with a dilution  factor  of 0.5.

     All diluters delivered 500 ml  per cycle to the  duplicate  exposure chambers,
which received 120-180 Z „ per day.  These glass exposure  chambers  were 30  cm by
60 cm by 30 cm high and were calibrated to contain 30  1.  Test concentrations
were randomly assigned to the chambers arranged in two rows.   The  source of  test
animals was the same as those used  in the standard dilution water.   For  the  test
that started in November 1969, the  fish were held in flowing standard laboratory
water for 20 days and then acclimated for 10 days in Shayler Run water.  For the
tests started on November 15, 1970, and May 6, 1971, the  fish  were held  at  the
stream in continuous-flow tanks with aeration.  They were held for at least  30
days and were fed Oregon Moist fish food and frozen  brine shrimp.  Three days
before the test they were brought into the NFTS laboratory  and held  in stream
water to be used during the test.   For the last test the  fish  were held  in  standard
water for 4 months, after which the fish were held in  Shayler  Run  water  for  2 days
before testing.

     Because it had been shown that the acute toxicity of copper in  Shayler  Run
water varied greatly with water quality, the species were tested simultaneously
in the three exposure systems with  10 fish per test  concentration.   Routine
chemical analyses were made as in the tests with standard water.   In addition,
some dissolved copper measurements were made.

     In conjunction with the continuous-flow testing,  a static reference bioassay
was conducted using the bluntnose minnow or the fathead minnow.  Duplicate
series of five fish per 10 Z. were used in dilution  water and  at a temperature
similar to those of the continuous-flow tests.

RESULTS

Water Quality Studies

     Three series of acute toxicity tests were conducted  to develop  information
on the variation of copper toxicity due to the varying water quality of  Shayler
Run.  For the first series, weekly bioassays were conducted at the NFTS
laboratory with stream water at laboratory temperatures  The results of  these
static toxicity tests and characteristics of the dilution water  are  given in
Table 20.  The nominal copper LC50 values for the bluntnose minnow varied from
a high of 21 mg/Z. to a low of 0.57 mg/Z.; very few  fish died  after  24 hr of
exposure.  Hardness varied from 322 mg/Z. (as CaC03) to 134 mg/Z.  and alkalinity
varied from 220 mg/Z. (as CaC03) to 98 mg/Z.  Both hardness and  alkalinity were
lower under high flow conditions.

     Agreement was good between the LC50 values calculated  by  graphical
interpolation and by probit analysis, but because only 10 fish were  used per
concentration with a dilution factor of 0.5, the 95% confidence  limits were
rather large.  The test conducted on July 21 was set up with four  replicates of
10 fish per concentration to check replication of results.  The  agreement of
LC50 values of these four bioassays was excellent, but because of  the lack  of
two partial kills, probit analysis could not be made0
                                      105

-------
               TABLE 20.   SUMMARY OF LC50 VALUES BASED ON TOTAL COPPER FOR THE BLUNTNOSE MINNOW
Date
7/15/69
7/21/69



7/23/69
7/25/69
7/29/69
8/4/69
8/6/69
8/11/69
8/18/69
8/20/69
8/21/69
Graphical [
interpolation Probit analysis
LC50 (mg/Z.) LC50 (mg/Z.)
24-hr
14
21
19
19
19
5.8
6.0
8.0
48-hr 24-hr
14 14.5
21
19
19
19
5.8 5.8
6.0 , 5.5
8.0
19 19
13 13
7.0
6.4
7.0
6.4
0.57 0.57
3.0
8/25/69 9.0
9/2/69
9/8/69
9/9/69
9/16/69
9/24/69
9.0
2.0
5.6
3.2
4.0

3.0
9.0
9.0
2.0
5,, 6
3.2
4.0

5.7
-
12.1
8.0
6.5
0.66
3.7
8.6
7.3
2.3
4.5
3.3
3.2

95% 1
Confidence i
limits
11.3-23.7


48-hr
14.5


i
1
I
4.8-7.1
4.4-6.9
4.4-7.4 i
-
8.8-16.5
5.8-11.3
4.7-9.2
0.47-0.95
5.8
95%
Confidence
limits
11.3-23.7




4.8-7.1
5.5 4.4-6.9
5.5 4.3-7.1

12.1 , 8.8-16.5
7.5 i 5.5-10.3
6.5 4.7-9.2
0.66
2.7-4.9 ; 3.7
6.2-12.3 8.6
5.3-10.2 j 7.3
1,6-3.3 j 2.3
3.1-6.9 4.5
1.7-4.8 ! 3.3
2.1-3.2 !; 3.2

0.47-0.95
2.7-4.9
6.2-12.3
5.3-10.2
1.6-3.3
3.1-6.9
1.7-4.8
2.1-3.2
(
i
Shayler Run dilution water
Mean daily
stream flow
(m^ /sec)
0.0156
0.0204



0.1048
0.0312
0.0173
0.1104
0.0108
0.0453
0.0878
0.2237
0.0595
0.1756
0.0280
0.0850
0.0470
0.0116
Hardness
(mg/Z. as
CaCOq)
286
305



134
274
302
312
322
236
258
170
218
276
300
222
246
316
Alkalinity
(mg/Z. as
CaCO,)
202
219



98
208
220
206
222
176
186
144
168
216
214
170
204
218
0.0523 324 212
; i
: ' i
PH
8.1
7.9



7.7
8.0
7.9
7.9
8.0
7.8
8.0
7.9
8.1
8.0
8.1
7.9
7.8
7.8
7.9

Calcium
(mg/Z.)
74
_



-
75
82
83
-
62
70
47
61
77
81
54
62
76
77

Magnesium]
(mg/Z.)
16.6
_



-
15.6
19.2
18.6
-
14.5
15.9
10.6
14.3
18.3
19.0
14.8
16.7
21.0
21.0

o

-------
     Under low-flow stream conditions LC50 values were much  higher  than  expected.
Toxicity appeared to be related to stream flow; copper was less  toxic  (LC50  values
higher) during low-flow conditions.  A correlation analysis  was  made comparing  LC50
values to stream flow, and the relationship was significant  (P=0.05).

     Because of the great variation in LC50 values, additional chemical
characteristics were measured to find other variables that might be related  to
toxicity.  The results of the second series of bioassays with the bluntnose
minnow are given in Table 21.  A summary of additional chemical  analysis  of  the
test water for these bioassays is given in Table 22.  The stream flow  during
October 1969 was the lowest mean monthly flow of any month during the  study.
The mean daily flow never exceeded 0.017 m3/sec.  Despite the stability of stream
flow, hardness, and alkalinity, the 24-hr LC50 values for total  copper averaged
8.7 mg/Z. and varied from 0.75 mg/Z. to 22 mg/Z.

     Stepwise regression analysis of the 24-hr LC50 values (graphical
interpolation) and the chemical and physical measurements were made.  There was
a significant (P=0.01) correlation of LC50 values with total phosphate and
potassium.  During this period of low stream flow the correlation coefficient for
LC50 values and stream flow was not significant (P=0.05).

     The third series of bioassays was conducted with the fathead minnow  at the
streamside laboratory, and the 96-hr and 7-day LC50 values are given in Table
23.  A summary of additional chemical analysis of test water for these bioassays
is given in Table 24.  The 96-hr and 7-day LC50 values for nominal total  copper
varied widely, approximately 25 and 45 times, respectively,  23.6-0.92 mg/l.
and 23.6-0.56 mg/l.  The LC50 values based on dissolved copper,  however,  varied
only threefold, 0.52-1.40 mg/Z.s for 96 hr and fourfold 0.36-1.40 mg/Z., for 7
days.  At temperatures above 10° C the lethal threshold for  copper was apparently
reached in 96 hr, since no additional deaths occurred after  that time.  However,
at temperatures below 10° C test fish were still dying at the end of the  test
period of 7 days
     Higher LC50 values for both total and dissolved copper, indicating low
toxicity, generally occurred during the summer and low-flow  periods, whereas
lower LC50 values, indicating high toxicity, occurred during the winter and
spring and higher stream-flow periods.  The higher LC50 values were also
generally associated with higher values of measured chemical characteristics
attibutable to effluent from the sewage treatment plant.  During low-flow periods
the effluent from the treatment plant made up 80-90% of the  stream flow at the
gaging station.
     Stepwise regression analysis of total copper 96-hr LC50 values and water
quality characteristics indicated a significant (P=0.01) correlation of LC50
values with sodium (Na), total phosphate (TP), potassium (K), nitrite  (N03),
temperature, chlorine (Cl), total solids (TS), and conductivity.  Stream  flow
was not significant (P=0.05).  For dissolved copper LC50 values  there was no
significant (P=0.01) correlation with any of the water quality characteristics
measured; however, TP and TS were significantly (P=0.05) correlated with
dissolved copper LC50 values.

     Two tests were made to compare copper toxicity in water from different
locations in Shayler Run:  upstream from the sewage treatment plant and
downstream at the regular sampling station.  During normal flow  the downstream
water had a higher hardness and alkalinity than Shayler Run  water above  the
                                       107

-------
                TABLE 21.  SUMMARY OF LC50 VALUES OF COPPER FOR THE BLUNTNOSE MINNOW IN SHAYLER RUN WATER
o
00
Date
10/7/69
10/8/69
10/9/69
10/10/69
10/13/69
10/14/69
10/15/69
10/16/69
10/17/69
10/20/69
10/21/69
10/21/69
10/22/69
10/23/69
10/27/69
10/29/69
11/1/69
11/3/69
11/5/69
11/7/69
11/17/69
LC50 Graphical interpolation
Nominal total
copper
24-hr
6.3
9.0
4.7
11
5.7
10
8.0
12
9.7
8.0
14
21
22
8.9
11
9.2
2.0
0.75
2.8
1.6
4.0
48-hr
6.3
9.0
4.7
11
5.7
10
8.0
11
9.7
7.0
12
21
19
8.0
11
6.3
1.5
0.75
2U5
1.6
4.0
Dissolved
copper
24-hr

0.43


0.42
0.30
0.32
0.33
0.42


0.33




0.37

0.34
0.40
0.39
LC50 (mg/Z.) Probit analysis
Nominal total copper
24-hr
6.5
-
4.9
7.9
5.7
8.7
9.2
12.1
8.3
8.0
14.2
-
-
-
11.4
8.6
2.4
0.72
2.9
1.8
4.7
95%
Confidence
limits
4.9-9.9

3.5-6.8
5.4-11.8
4.2-10.7
6.0-14.8 '
6.3-13.7
9.3-15.9
6.2-11.2
48-hr
6.5
-
4.9
7.9
5.7
8.7
9.2
11.0
8.3
5.8-11.4 , 7.5
10.6-28.7 12.1


;
8.5-16.0 -
6.2-12.3
1.6-3.6
1.1-3.0 ,
2.1-4.7
1.2-2.4
2.9-7.9
-
14.7
-
11.4
7.1
2.0
0.66
2.7
1.8
4.7
957.
Confidence
limits
4.9-9.9

3.5-6.8
5.4-11.8
4.2-10.7
6.0-14.8
6.3-13.7
7.4-14.3
6.2-11.2
5.5-10.6
9.2-16.3

10.2-22.8

8.5-16.0
5.2-9.8
1.3-3.0
1.0-2.4
2.0-3.7
1.2-2.4
2.9-7.9
	
Physical and chemical analysis
Instantaneous
stream flow
(m /sec )
0.0178
0.0204
0.0178
0.0178
0.0261
0.0241
0.0187
0.0178
0.0161
0.0153
0.0510
0.0269
0.0300
0.0241
0.0187
0.1674
0.0374
0.0490
0.0413
0.0347
0.0312
Hardness
(mg/Z.
as CaCOq) j
Alkalinity
(mg/Z.
as CaCO,)
320 j 226
324 226
324 226
320 228
318 213
318
314
318
324
339
310
310
302
296
332
340
296
306
308
314
315
210
210
214
218
218
197
214
212
198
220
212
198'
189
207
209
220
PH
8.2
8.2
8.1
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.9
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
8,0
8.1
8.2
8.2
8.1
7.8
8.2
8.3

-------
TABLE 22.  SUMMARY OF CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF TEST WATER IN
                TESTS REPORTED IN TABLE 21
Date
10/7/69
10/8/69
10/9/69
10/10/69
10/13/69
10/14/69
10/15/69
10/16/69
10/17/69
10/20/69
10/21/69
10/21/69
10/22/69
10/23/69
10/27/69
10/29/69
11/1/69
11/3/69
11/5/69
11/7/69
11/17/69
Ca
(mg/Z.)
93
96
96
96
93
93
93
93
93
94
89
89
88
81
90
92
83
78
83
85
87
Mg
(mg/Z.)
20.3
20.7
20.3
20.2
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.3
20.3
21.4
19.3
19.4
19.2
18.7
20.9
20.9
19.0
18.0
19.9
19.8
20.4
TP
(mg/Z.)
7.4
7,6
7.4
8.0
7.3
8.0
7.8
7.6
7,8
7.6
9.0
9.3
8.9
8.4
7.7
7.9
7.1
4.8
5.8
5.5
5.3
K
(mg/Z.)
10.0
10.6
10,5
10.4
11.9
11.7
11.1
9.5
9.6
9.8
13.2
13.4
12.9
11.3
10.9
10.8
11.0
8.0
8.3
8.7
7.8
Na
(mg/Z.)
71
71
71
73
72
68
66
70
68
72
67
66
62
57
62
60
63
38
47
53
50
Cl
(mg/Z.)
80
76
80
89
77
77
74
80
82
87
81
73
68
61
68
71
71
41
54
59
53
Total
organic
carbon
(mg/Z.)
5.4
5.4
6.2
6.4
6.4
6.2
7.0
5.8
6.0
5.8
8.6
8.4
7.0
8.6
5.2
6.8
7.6
7.4
6.2
6.0
4.8
N03 N
(mg/Z.)
10.5
10.0
10.4
10.2
9.9
10.1
9.7
9.4
9.6
11.2
11.7
10.6
10.0
10.7
12.5
12.6
10.5
5.3
7.0
7.3
8.8
                           109

-------
TABLE 23.  SUMMARY OF STATIC BIOASSAY WITH FATHEAD MINNOWS IN
                      SHAYLER RUN WATER
Date
2/25/70
3/11/70
3/25/70
4/1/70
4/8/70
4/15/70
4/22/70
4/30/70
5/13/70
5/20/70
•7/1/70
7/8/70
7/16/70
7/23/70
7/29/70
8/19/70
9/9/70
9/30/70
10/13/70
10/28/70
11/27/70
12/2/70
1/6/71
1/20/71
2/3/71
2/17/71
3/4/71
3/25/71
4/2/71
5/13/71
5/19/71
6/2/71
6/16/71
6/30/71
7/13/71
7/28/71
Possibly
bpH for v.
Instantaneous
stream flow
mVsec
0.143
0.165
0.170

0.199
0.113
0.159
0.320
0.937
0.073
0.021
0.014
0.039
0.029
0.027
0.025
0.026
0.026
0.170
0.040
0.110
0.059
0.237
0.099
0.055
1.98
0.159
0.159
0.059
0.208
0.096
0.041
0.088
0.023
0.033
0.025
diseased greater
Hardness
(mg/Z. as
CaCO, )
280
280
244
212
260
302
224
228
150
310
308
336
280
280
266
310
324
290
260
240
242
308
206
262
322
210
260
252
312
272
276
284
252
298
282
284
Alkalinity
(mg/Z. as
(CaCO,)
190
184
160
132
170
198
160
158
96

210
230
180
180
170
206
220
172
184
212
170
210
140
190
242
130
174
180
212
200
208
206
176
210
188
194
Temperature
range
°C
4-7
2-4
5-8
7-12
10-15
12-17
15-21
12-23
19-24
16-21
22-30
20-27
20-23
24-27
22-27
20-25
18-24
13-17
0-14
11-19
5-li
1-13
1-5
1-4
1-15
1-5
1-8
2-11
10-19
11-26
14-25
20-28
20-26
22-28
21-28
18-24
than expected dead in low concentrat
intration nearest to LC50.
Control
pH
8.0
8.0
8.2
8.5
8.1
8.0
8.0
8.1
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.3
8.4
8.2
8.4
8.4
8.3
8.2
7.6
8.2
8.0
8.0
8.2
8.1
8.0
8.1
8.1
7.9
8.1
8 1
8.4
8.1
8.1
8.2
8.1
8.3
ions - VE
Nominal
96-hr LC50
Ong/Z.)
4.9
3.3
1.6
2.0
4.5
16
8.3
5.0
2.8
9.0
8.7a
21
12
10
20
19a
18a
3.15a
22.2
14. 5a
<0.65
4.67
0.92
1.19
2.83
1.45
1.58
1.00
5.33
1.02
4.16
>8
10.55
22.2
21.8
23.6
ilue used in data
copper
168-hr LC50
(mE/Z.)
2.6
1.7
1.2
1.6
2.4
13
0.9
0.80
2.8
9.0
3.9a
12
11
9.5
16.5
17. 4a
16.3a
2.21a
22.2
14. 5a
<0.65
3 19
0.56
0.40
1.41
0.89
0.82
0.75
5.00
<1.0
3.63
7.22
10.55
22.2
21.8
22.2
analysis.
PHb
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.5
8.0

8.0
7.9
7.9
7.3
7.2
7.3
7.5
7.5
7.4
7.9
7.5
7.9
7.4
7.5
8.1
7.8
8.2
8.1
8.0
8.0
7.9
7.8
7.6
8.1
8.0
7.7
7.6
7.4
7 5
7.6

Dissolved
96-hr LC50
(ms/Z.)

0.75
0.75
0.66
0.95
>0.80
1.06
0.82
0.94
0.81
0.97a
>0.80
0.78
0.64
>0.61
>0.81a
>0.78a
u.49a
1.09
0.92a
<0.64
0.75
0.60
0.68
0.92
0.69
••0.82
0.58
0.76
<0.56
0.65
0.83
0.83
1.40
0.96
0.82

copper
168-hr LC50
(ing/ 1.)

0.58
0.63
0.59
0.67
0.80
0.90
0.80
0.94
0.76
>0.84a
>0.80
0.75
0.64
>0.61
>0.81a
>0.78a
0.43a
1.09
0.92a
<0.65
0.65
0.44
0.36
0.56
0.46
0.56
<0.58
0.74
<0.56
0.65
>0.83
0.83
1.40
0.96
0.79

                            110

-------
TABLE 24.  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF TEST WATER IN TESTS REPORTED
                        IN TABLE 23

Date
2/25/70
3/11/70
3/25/70
4/1/70
4/8/70
4/15/70
4/22/70
5/13/70
6/10/70
7/1/70
7/8/70
7/16/70
7/25/70
7/29/70
8/19/70
9/9/70
9/30/70
10/13/70
10/28/70
1/6/71
1/20/71
2/3/71
2/17/71
3/4/71
3/25/71
4/21/71
5/13/71
5/19/71
6/2/71
6/16/71
6/30/71
7/14/71
7/28/71

T-P
(mg/Z.)
£.1
1.4
0.7
0.4
1.1
1.4
1.3
0.8
3.6
3.4
3.4


6.6
4 .1
5.4
5.0
7.5
5.5
0.6
1.1
2.8
0.3
0.7
0.9
2.9
1.5
2.1

3.8
4.3
4.9
4. 6

solids
(ms/z.)
439
389
348
297
792
404
358

508
478
619


447
533
648
506
478
534
326
403
490
400
405
391
450
426
432

460
569
586
i,142

solids
440
384
340
290
318
372
340

492
461
609


434
521
607
492
481
526
312
415
491
371
393
379
451
412
415

426
540
502
534

conductivity
(mhos)
651
659
604
429
522
689
496

806
824
911


742
825
916
680
570
672
504
633
806
596
656
661
756
621
678

671
866
765
820

(mg/Z.)
i. J
1.6
l.U
0.6
1.2
'0.1
0.6
0.5
3.2
0.9
2.9


5.0
3.4
7.6
5.6
i.9
6.8
1.1
1.,
0.8
1.2
0.6
0.7
1.3
1.4
1.7
4.4
4.4
4.0
7.0
7.0

NO^-N
(nw/Z.)
0.2

4.9 58
5.8 44
3.8 38
2.6 32
<*.<« 35
b.j 38
J.D 31
3.2 20
/.4 57
10.3 71
13. / 80
9.7 50
10.8 62
8.8 55
ti.it 56
B.6 82
/.:> 58
9.8 59
b2
3.4 31
b.l 35
3.* 55
i.y 63
4.4 35
J.fo
l.i 51
4.0 34
j.3 38
5.8 66
b.U 39
7.3 68
7.0 61
9.3

Ca
78
75
68
60
80
84
68
61
82
90
96
78
82
76
90
96
85
73
89
68
82
94
67
78
75
89

80
88
72
89
83
102

Mg
17
15
13
12
14
15
13
12
15
19
22
17
17
16
19
21
19
17
20
14. J
17.7
21.6
U.J
16.6
Ib. 1
21.0

18.3
19.4
16. 0
20.0
18.1
23.0
                              111

-------
 sewage treatment plant  (Table 25).  Bioassays were conducted  in  unmodified
 upstream and downstream water.  In addition, the harder downstream  water  was
 diluted with demineralized water to prepare a modified water  similar  in
 hardness to the upstream water.  The first bioassay gave  total LC50 values  of
 less than 1.0 mg/Z. of copper in the upstream water and the diluted and softened
 downstream water (Table 25); the lowest concentration tested  was  1.0  mg/Z.   A
 similar test was conducted with water collected July 29,  1969.   The bioassay in
 unmodified downstream water gave an LC50 value of 8.0 mg/Z. (Table  25).   The
 LC50 values in the upstream water and in the diluted downstream  water were  0.35
 and 0.50 mg/Z., respectively.

     Additional tests were made to evaluate the effect of dilution  of Shayler
 Run water on copper toxicity.  For the first test, demineralized  water was
 used to prepare three dilutions of stream water.  The 24-hr LC50  values for
 copper ranged from 19 mg/Z. for unmodified stream water to 3.6 mg/Z.  for  the
 greatest dilution  (Table 26).  Bioassays in the intermediate  dilutions had
 similar LC50 values of 10 and 9.1 mg Cu/Z.  This dilution not only  lowered  total
 hardness and alkalinity, but also diluted other detoxifying agents  in the
 stream water.  The LC50 value of 3.6 mg/£; was much higher than  would have  been
 predicted since the standard water (200 mg/Z. hardness) gave  an  LC50  value  of
 0.45 indicating that other detoxifying agents were present.   At  the low flow
 of this sampling period, most of the flow was due to the  flow from  the sewage
 treatment plant.

     The second test, September 18, 1969, was conducted in stream water collected
 at a flow of 0.085 m3/sec and falling from a high flow of 00170 m3/s'ec.   Thus,
 there was much dilution of the sewage treatment plant effluent.   For  this test
 the stream water was diluted with a 1-to-l dilution of demineralized  water  with
 a reconstituted water similar in hardness and alkalinity  to the  stream water.
 The LC50 value in the unmodified stream water was 17 mg/Z. of copper.   In the
 stream water diluted with reconstituted water, the LC50 value was 0.78 mg/Z.,
 and copper was even more toxic in the stream water diluted with  demineralized
 water.  Apparently the rain had greatly reduced the concentration of  detoxifying
 agents contributed by the sewage treatment plant, and the copper  was  much more
 toxic in this dilution water than in the first test.

     A dilution water containing calcium chloride, magnesium  sulfate,  and sodium
 bicarbonate in demineralized water was prepared with similar  hardness,  alkalinity,
 and pH as the stream water.  The stream water was diluted with this water to 75%,
 50%, and 25% stream water.  Toxicity increased with decreasing amounts of
 Shayler Run water.  The LC50 values varied from 11 mg/Z.  in the  unmodified  stream
 water to 2.9 mg/Z. in the test water containing the smallest  percentage of
 Shayler Run water.  These tests indicated that some chelating agent or agents
 from the sewage treatment plant were being diluted, and thus  copper toxicity
was increased.

     Three tests were conducted to determine the effect on copper toxicity  of
 added hardness at a constant alkalinity.  These results are summarized in Table
 27.  Calcium chloride and magnesium sulfate were used to maintain the
 calcium-magnesium ratios in Shayler Run water.  The first test was  conducted in
 rain-diluted Shayler Run water.  Of all the unmodified stream water bioassays,
 copper was the most toxic in this dilution water, with an LC50 value  of 0.57
 mg/Z.  The LC50 value of 0.76 mg/Z. indicated, at most, only  minor  effect of
                                        112

-------
                TABLE 25.   TOTAL COPPER LC50 VALUES FOR THE BLUNTNOSE MINNOW IN SHAYLER RUN
                      WATER UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM FROM THE SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT

Date
7/25/69

Source of
dilution water
Upstream
Downstream, unmodified
Hardness
(mg/Z.) as
CaCOq)
173
268
Calcium
(mg/Z.)
48
75
Magnesium
(mg/Z.)
10.6
15.6
Alkalinity
(mg/Z.. as
CaC03)


24-hr LC50
(mg/Z.)
<1.0
6.0
             Downstream,  diluted


7/29/69      Upstream

             Downstream,  unmodified

             Downstream,  diluted
175


196

300

196
53

82.5
131

 19.2
156

220

148
0.35

8.0

0.50

-------
TABLE 26.   TOTAL COPPER LC50 VALUES FOR THE BLUNTNOSE MINNOW IN VARIOUS  DILUTIONS OF SHAYLER RUN WATER
Date
8/4/69








9/18/69






9/3/69






Test water
Graphical
interpolation
(LC50 ag/l.)
24 -hr
Unmodified Shayler Run water 19
Shayler Run water diluted
with demineralized water
Nominal hardness (mg/Z. as
48-hr
19
Probit analysis
LC50 (mg/Z.)
95%
confidence
48-hr limits
17.3 14.5-20.6
i


CaC03) j
250 i 10
200

150
Unmodified Shayler Run water

50% Shayler Run water
50% Reconstituted water
50% Shayler Run water
50% Reconstituted water


9.6 7.7 6.2-9.7
9.1 ] 9.1

3.6
17
3.3
17

0.78

0.25

0.78

0.25

1
Unmodified Shayler Run water : 11
i
Shayler Run water diluted

with reconstituted water
75% Stream water ; 6.7
50% Stream water 3.6
11



6.7
3.6
25% Stream water 2.9 '. 2.9
1
6.8 5.2-9.0

3.2 2.4-5.6













Hardness
(mg/Z. as
CaCO,)
316




255
205

158
222

220

112


292



300
302
296
Alkalinity
Ca Mg (mg/Z. as
(mg/Z.) (mg/Z.) CaCO,)
83 18.6 206




69 15.2 174
53 11.5 138

43 10.0 110
54 14.8 170

176

90


81 18.3 204



204
81.7 19.5 200
81 19.5 202
PH
7.8




7.8
7.8

7.7







7.9



7.9
8.0
7.9

-------
              TABLE 27.  EFFECT OF HARDENING SHAYLER RUN WATER ON THE TOXICITY OF
                              TOTAL COPPER  TO THE BLUNTNOSE MINNOW
Date Dilution water
8/20/69 Unmodified stream water
Modified stream water
230 hardness
295 hardness
8/21/69 Unmodified stream water
Modified stream water
8/25/69 Unmodified stream water
Modified stream water
320 hardness
370 hardness
Graphical
interpolation
LC50 (mg/Z.)
24-hr 48-hr
0.57 0.57

0.85 0.85
1.7 1.6
3.0 3.0
4.0 3.5
9.2 9.2

Probit analysis
LC50 (mg/7, .)
95%
conf idence
24-hr limits
0.66 0.47-0.95

0.94 0.66-1.3
1.6 1.1-2.3
3.0 2.2-4.1
3.7 2.7-4.9


9.2 9.2 j
8.0 8.0

95%
confidence
48-hr limits
0.66 0.47-0.95

0.94 0.66-L.3
1.6 1.1-2.3
3.0 2.2-4.1
3.4 2.5-4.6




Hardness
(mg/l. as
CaCO,)
170

234
302
218
284
276

330
370
Alkalinity
(mg/i. as
CaCO?)
150

146
144
180
178
216

208
210
PH
7.9

7.9
7.9
8.1
8.0
8.0

7.9
8.0
Hardness expressed in mg/i. as CaC03-

-------
added calcium and magnesium.  For the bioassay of August 21, 1969, the  stream
flow had fallen to 0.059 m3/sec, with a corresponding hardness of 218 mg/Z.  (as
CaCOs).  The bioassay in the unmodified stream water gave an LC50 value  of 3.0
mg/Z-.  With added calcium and magnesium the LC50 value was 4.0 mg/Z.  For the
third test the stream flow had fallen to 0.02 m3/sec.  The LC50 value in the
unmodified water was 9.2 mg/Z.  In the intermediate hardened water of 330 mg/Z..,
a similar LC50 value of 9.2 mg/Z. was obtained.  In the hardest water the LC50
value was lower—8.0 mg/Z.  This lower value resulted from the death of  one
more test fish in the test concentration of 8.0 mg/Z.  These three toxicity
tests indicate that added hardness (calcium and magnesium) had only a small
effect on the toxicity of copper in Shayler Run water.  Apparently the reduction
of copper toxicity at lower stream flows was due to the greater contribution
of agents in the effluent from the sewage treatment plant during this time and
not to variation in alkalinity or hardness.

     A supplemental test was conducted with standard water to evaluate the
effect of added calcium and magnesium.  This standard water was diluted  with
demineralized water, and calcium and magnesium salts were added to obtain test
waters of different hardness but similar alkalinity.  In addition, the regular
standard water was used.  The LC50 values in the dilution water with a constant
alkalinity ranged from 0.15 mg/Z. in the lowest hardness water to 0.26 mg/Z. in
the higher hardness dilution waters (Table 28).  In the standard water with an
alkalinity if 154 mg/Z. the LC50 value was 0.29 mg/Z.  These tests in standard
laboratory dilution water indicated that the great variation in acute toxicity
values obtained from Shayler Run water could not be explained in terms of
hardness.

     Toxicity tests were carried out to determine the effect of added phosphate
on the toxicity of copper to the bluntnose minnow (Table 29).  In the first
test 7.6 mg P/Z. were added as dibasic sodium phosphate to stream water.  The
total copper LC50 value in unmodified stream water was 5.6 mg/Z., and in the
bioassay conducted with the added phosphate the copper was less toxic with
an LC50 value of 20 mg/Z. (Table 29).  In the second test bioassays were
conducted with unmodified stream water containing 7.4 mg/Z» total phosphate
to which 0, 125, and 500 mg/Z. of pyrophosphate were added.  Copper was  less
toxic in the water with the added phosphate and was still less toxic in  the
higher concentration of phosphate.  The third test was conducted in standard
water, which is low in total phosphate (0.2 mg/Z. or less).  Again, copper was
less toxic in the water with added pyrophosphate.  The difference in the LC50
value for total copper was greater than tenfold between the standard water
and the water with the higher concentration of added pyrophosphate.  Dissolved
copper measurements were made, and the range in LC50 values of dissolved
copper was about as great as the range for total-copper LC50 values.
Apparently much of the pyrophosphate-copper complex goes through the
0.45-millipore filter.  However, the toxicity of this complex appears to be
greatly reduced.

     Bluntnose minnows were brought into the laboratory on August 13, 1969.
They were held and tested in standard water.  Five toxicity tests over a 2-month
period showed that the sensitivity of these fish to copper did not change with
being held in the laboratory.  The LC50 values were similar in all tests (Table
30).

                                      116

-------
  TABLE 28.   EFFECT OF  HARDENING STANDARD WATER ON THE ACUTE TOXICITY OF TOTAL COPPER TO THE BLUNTNOSE MINNOW
Date

Dilution water

8/29/69 Unmodified standard water - 200 hardness^
LC50 values
(mg/Z.)
24-hr

0.29
Modified standard water
125
175
225

275

325

hardness
hardness
hardness

hardness

hardness

0.15
0.20
0.18

0.26

0.26

48-hr
Hardness
(mg/Z. as

0.29

208

1
0.15 | 132
0.20
0.18

0.26

0.26

182
233

282

337

Alkalinity
(mg/Z. as
CaCOO

154

100
99
99

99

98

Ca Mg i
(mg/Z.) (mg/Z.)! pH
' ff


25 15.5
I
44 27.3

7.7

7.7

7.6

1 7.6
. t
64 36.1 ! 7.7

 Hardness expressed in mg/Z.  as CaC03-
°200 hardness diluted with demineralized water to 125 hardness.
"Calcium chloride and magnesium sulfate added to 125 hardness water in the same ratio of Ca/Mg.

-------
               TABLE  29.   EFFECT  OF ADDED  PHOSPHATE  ON THE  LC50  OF COPPER TO THE BLUNTNOSE MINNOW
00
Graphical interpolation Probit analysis
LC50 (mg/Z.) LC50 (rog/Z.) Dilution water
Total copper
Total ; Dissolved | 95%
copper { copper j confidence
Date Test conditions 24-hr
9/9/69 Unmodified Shayler Run water 5.6
(Na2H P
-------
    TABLE 30.  ACUTE TOXICITY TO THE BLUNTNOSE MINNOW
                OF COPPER IN STANDARD WATER

                           LC50 values (mg/Z.)
Date                24-hr          48-hr          96-hr
 8/29/69

 9/16/69

 10/2/69

 10/9/69

10/27/69
0.29

0.26

0.29

0.26

0.28
0.29

0.26



0.26

0.28
0.29

0.26



0.26

0.28
                           119

-------
Relative Sensitivity Studies

     The results of copper-toxicity tests with standard water  on  10 fish species
are summarized in Table 31.  The 24-, 48-, and 96-hr LC50 values  of measured
total copper are given for graphical interpolation, and, in addition,  the 96-hr
LC50 value and 95% confidence limits were obtained by using probit  analysis  on
the data of the combined duplicates.  There were no partial kills in either
bluegill test, so it was not possible to use our program of probit  analysis.
Of the 10 species tested the bluegill was the most resistant.   The  striped  shiner
and the orangethroat darter were more sensitive than the bluegill,  but  more
resistant than the other seven species.  Agreement was excellent  between the  two
methods of calculating LC50 values, based on 20 test fish per  concentration  and
a dilution factor of 0.6.

     The LC50 values obtained in the first series of tests with Shayler Run water
are shown in Table 32.  The 96-hr LC50 values (graphical interpolation) varied
from 4.8 mg/Z-o for the rainbow darter to 11 mg/Z. for the fathead minnow.  The
measured LC50 values were about 10 times the values for those  species  tested
in the standard water (hardness, 200 mg/Z. as CaC03).  However, the dissolved
copper values were similar to the total copper values found in  the  standard water.
At concentrations of less than 1 mg Cu/Z. in the standard water,  we found that
about 85% of the total copper was "dissolved."  The dissolved  copper LC50 of
0.38 found in the static reference bioassay was similar to the  value in this
flow-through test.

     A week later the preceding test was repeated with fish from  the same stock.
Hardness, alkalinity, pH, and temperature of the dilution water were similar
in this and the preceding series of bioassays.  In all cases the  LC50 values  for
each species were higher for this test than in the preceding test (Table 33).
Also, the LC50 value of the bluntnose minnow in the static test was higher.   In
both tests the rainbow darter was the most sensitive species,  and the  striped
shiner and fathead minnow were the most resistant.  For this test the LC50
values of the orangethroat darter, brown bullhead, and bluntnose  minnow were  all
within the confidence limits of these three species.

     The results of the toxicity test started on December 15,  1970,  are given
in Table 34; some of the results of copper analyses for this test are  given  in
Table 35.  The bluegill was the most resistant species, and the stoneroller was
the most sensitive.  The 96-hr LC50 values for both total and  dissolved copper
were over 10 times higher for the bluegill than for the stoneroller.   On the
basis of 96-hr LC50 values for total copper, the rainbow darter was more
sensitive than the orangethroat darter, and their confidence limits did not
overlap.  However, their 96-hr LC50 values for dissolved copper were not
different.

     The acute toxicity of copper in Shayler Run water for the  test started  on
May 6, 1971, is summarized in Table 36.  The results of the copper  analysis  are
given in Table 37.  The 96-hr LC50 (total copper) value ranged  from 16  mg/Z.  for
the bluegill to about 5 mg/Z.. for the striped shiner.  The LC50 value  (dissolved
copper) was lower for the rainbow darter than for the orangethroat  darter.   The
phosphate concentration was higher in this test water than in  the water of  the
preceding or following test.  The static reference test gave a high 96-hr LC50
value of 19 mg/Z.
                                      120

-------
TABLE 31.  RELATIVE SENSITIVITY OF DIFFERENT SPECIES OF FISH TO COPPER IN STANDARD WATER

LC50 - (mg//..) measured total copper
Graphical interpolation Probit analysis - 96-hr
Species
Stoneroller

Creek chub

Rainbow darter

Blacknose dace

Bluntnose minnow

Fathead minnow

Fathead minnow

Brown bullhead

Striped shiner

Orangethroat darter

Striped shiner

Bluegill
Bluegill
Date
5/20/69

5/26/69

5/20/69

5/26/69

5/12/69

6/16/69

9/15/69

10/8/69

4/1/69

6/2/69

5/12/69

9/21/69
9/29/69
Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B


24-hr
>0.40
>0.40
>0.48
>0.48
0.40
0.46
0.70
0.52
0.26
0.40
0.58
0.76
0.60
0.52
>0.65

0.89
0.83
1.1
0.93
1.6
2.0
13
14
48-hr
0.36
0.37
0.37
0.38
0.34
0.40
0.46
0.38
0.26
0.31
0.58
0.75
0.60
0.47
>0.65

0.83
0.79
1.0
0.93
1.6
2.0
13
12
95% confidence
96-hr LC50 limits
0.31 0.29 0.25-0.29
0.31
0.33 0.31 0.27-0.35
0.29
0.34 0.32 0.26-0.38
0.36
0.33 0.32 0.28-0.36
0.33
0.26 0.34 0.29-0.40
0.31
0.42 0.44 0.38-0.52
0.47
0.55 0.49 0.41-0.59
0.42
0.52 0.54 0.43-0.77

0.83 0.79 0.67-0.92
0.76
1.0 0.85 0.75-0.98
0.71
1.6 1.9 1.6-2.2
2.0
8.3
10
Average Average
length weight
of test of test
fish (ran) fish (g)
60

64 4.0

41

47 1.1

84 6.7

56 1.6

47

39

55

44 0.9

55 1.7

103 18.6
101 19.2

-------
 TABLE  32.   RELATIVE  SENSITIVITY  OF SIX SPECIES  OF  FISH  TO COPPER  IN SHAYLER RUN WATER,   NOVEMBER  12,  1969




LC50
Measured total
(mg/Z.)

Species
Rainbow darter
Brown bullhead
Bluntnose minnow
Orangethroat darter
Striped shiner
Fathead minnow

24-hr
14
>11.1
10
9.9
9.4
13

48-hr
5.9
5.8
10
9.9
8.4
11
Graphical interpolation
copper

96-hr
4.8
5.2
6.8
7.1
8.4
11
LC50
Measured dissolved copper
(mg/Z.)

96-hr
<0.36
<0.38
0.39
<0.72
0.72
0.54
Probit analysis
96-hr LC50
Measured total copper
(rag/Z.) Average
95% length
confidence G(Heterogenity of test
LC50 limits factor) fish (mm)
5.2 4.2-6.4 0.31 46
5.1 3.9-6.1 0.34 52
7.3 5.9-8.8 0.21 39
44
47
9.6 7.8-12 0.20 44

Average
weight
of test
fish (g)
1.2
1.4
0.43




^Dilution water - hardness = 314 mg/Z. as CaC03; alkalinity = 206 mg/Z. as CaC03; pH
 Static bioassa.y - 96-hr LC50 = 16 mg/Z.  (nominal),  0.38 mg/Z. (dissolved).
.0; test temperature = 24 °C.

-------
TABLE  33.   RELATIVE  SENSITIVITY  OF  SIX  SPECIES  OF  FISH  TO  COPPER IN SHAYLER RUN WATER,3 NOVEMBER  19, 1969
Graphical interpolation
LC50
Measured total
(mg/Z.)






h-1
K>
U)




Species
Rainbow darter
Orangethroat darter
Brown bullhead
Bluntnose minnox-j
Fathead minnow
Striped shiner



24-hr
18
20
16
15
16
16



48-hr
12
17
15
15
16
16

copper


96-hr
5.3
9.4
12
13
15
16
LC50
Measured dissolved copper
(mg/Z.)

Probit analysis
96-hr LC50
Measured total copper
(mg/Z.)

95%


confidence G(Heterogenity
96-hr
<0.59
^0.59
0.57
0.62
1.0
1.1

LC50
5.5
9.8
11
11
13


limits
3.1-6.9
7.8-12
8.1-13
8.6-14
11-17


factor)
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.


46
25
32
26
29


Average
length
of test
fish (mm)
46
44
53
40
42
50

Average
weight
of test
fish (g)
1.0
0.8
1.5
0.6
0.6
0.9

 Dilution water - hardness = 303 mg/Z. as CaC03; alkalinity = 206 mg/Z. as CaC03; pH
 Static bioassay - 11/21—96-hr LC50 = 20 mg/Z.  (nominal), 0.45 mg/Z.  (dissolved).
                 11/23—96-hr LC50 = 18 mg/Z.  (nominal), 0.47 mg/Z.  (dissolved).
.0; test temperature  = 24 °C.

-------
TABLE 34.   RELATIVE SENSITIVITY OF SIX SPECIES OF FISH TO COPPER IN SHAYLER RUN WATER,   DECEMBER 15,  1970

LC50
(ing/;.)

Spec iss Duplicate 24 -hr 48-hr 96-hr
StoneroUor A 11 5.0 1.5
B 11 5.2 0.87
Bl.unl.nuse minnow A 3.3 3.0 2.7
B 3.0 2.7 2.7
Striped shiner A 13 9.0 4.2
B 13 8.4 2.7
K.jinbow darter 6.0 5.5 4.5
B 11 9.5 7.1
Fathead minnow1' A 11 9.5 3.2
B .11 8.5 7.1
BluegilL A 18 17 17
B 17 17 17
1



24 -hr
1.5
0.91
0.53
0.51
2.8
2.8
0.84
1 .3
>0.91
>0.91
4.8
4.4

LC50 LC50
(mfi/£.) (mB/Z.)
952
48-hr 96-hr 36-hr limits
0.55 0.36 i.« i. 1-1.9
0.54 0.31
0.51 0.50 2.6 2.1-3.3
0.49 0.49
] .4 0.63 6.4 4.8-8.3
1.2 0.59
0.78 0.67 b.7 4.7-9.5
0.79 0.61
0.80 0.69 8.3 6.7-1 1
0.72 0.61
4.4 4.4
4.4 4.1
Probit analysis
LC50
(niR/t.)
95%
96-hr limits factor)
1 ,t L. 1-1 .9 0. 10
2.4 2.0-3.0 0. 10
3.4 2.6-4. i 0.11
4.3 3.9-6.0 0.15
6.9 5.7-8.3 0.16

LC50
(IDR/I.)
95%
96-hr limits factor)
0.34 0.31-0. 38 0.11
0.48 0.45-0.51 0.11
0.63 0.56-0.71 0. 17
0.63 0.56-0.74 0.24
0,67 0.63-0.74 0.12

-------
 TABLE 35.   COPPER CONCENTRATIONS (IN MILLIGRAMS PER LITER) IN  EXPOSURE
                   CHAMBER FOR TESTS REPORTED IN TABLE 34a
Nominal
concentration

Control
0.125
0.250
0.500
1.00
2.00
4.00

Control
2.00
4.00
8.00
16.00
32,0
64.0


Control
0.50
1.00
2.00
4.00
8.00
16.00
24 -hr
Total Cu

0.
0.
0,
0.
0.
1.
0.

0.
1.
2.
4.
6.
11.
23.


0.
0.
0.
2.
3.
7.
9.
A
017
088
236
436
893
76
450
C
014
11
70
31
47
0
6

E
Oil
364
884
02
68
15
94
B
-
0.092
0.216
0.444
0.880
1.76
3.63
D
-
1.12
2.78
3.98
6.17
10.9
37.3

F
-
0.346
0.876
1.97
3.70
7.32
9.73
Sample
Dissolvec
A
0.011
0.078
0.198
0.269
0.351
0.438
0.555
C
0.009
0.386
0.573
0.649
0.931
1.99
11.2

E
0.008
0.228
0.299
0.373
0.503
0.649
0.943


0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.


0.
0.
0.
0.
2.
12.



0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Cub
B
-
081
191
268
348
422
587
D
-
408
573
663
909
12
0

F
72-hr
Total Cu

0
0
0
0
0
1
3

0
0
2
4
6
9
23


i °
233
300
369
503
618
931
0
0
2
3
6
11
A
.010
.089
.240
.458
.937
.84
.70
C
.010
.841
.60
.37
.33
.92
.1

E
.007
.341
.863
.00
.77
.96
.9
B
-
0.092
0.233
0.450
0.981
1.87
3.70
D
-
0.841
2.69
4.02
6.50
11.9
120.0

F
-
0.332
0.854
1.89
3.74
7.13
12.0
Sample ,
Dissolved Cu
A
0.023
0.091
0.205
0.278
0.361
0.457
0.522
C
0.020
0.887
0.530
0.596
0.849
1.88
10.1

E
0.012
0.229
0.308
0.390
0.470
0.583
0.888
B

0.095
0.199
0.272
0.372
0.462
0.530
D
-
0.394
0.535
0.609
0.863
2.02
10.6
N
F

0.208
0.322
0.385
0.470
0.578
0.849
aGrab samples were collected 24 and 72 hr after test began.  Three diluters were used in duplicate:
,A and B, C and D, E and F.
 The part that passes through a 0.45-micron filter.
                                          125

-------
       TABLE 36.   RELATIVE  SENSITIVITY OF EIGHT  SPECIES  OF  FISH TO  COPPER  IN  SHAYLER  RUN  WATER,& MAY 6,  1971
0\
	 	




Species
Strioed shiner

31untr.ose minnow

Orangethroat darter

Johnny darter
Rainbow darter
Fathead minnow

Cteek chub

Bluegill






Duolica te
A
B
A
E
A
B


A
B
A
B
A
B





24-hr
5.1
5.7
8.3
8.0
8.3
8.3
9.3
10
12
10
12
11
16
16

LC50
(ng/Z.)


48-hr
5.1
5.6
8.0
8.0
6.1
6.1
8.0
8.0
10
10
12
H
16
16
Graphic;! 1

copper


96-hr
4.5
3.3
6.8
4.4
5.4
5.6
6.8
8.0
10
9.6
12
11
16
16
Inter pola t ion
1
I
1

: 24-hr
! 0.63
0.79
0.73
] 0.66
: 1.4
! I-4
• 0.83
' 0.98
1
: 1.1
0.95
1.1
, 1.0
i 4.3
4.3
LC5Q
(mg/Z.)


48-hr
0.63
0.7;
0.66
0.66
0.94
0.94
0.66
0.66
0.95
0.95
1.1
1.0
4.3
4.3
?robit analysis
96-hr 96-hr
(mg/Z.) (ag/Z.)
95X
confidence G (Heterogenicy
96-hr LC50 limits factor)
0.61 4.0 0.05-8.8 0.87
0.68
0.60 5.0 4.0-6.2 0.14
0.51
0.72 5.4 5.0-5.8 0.23
0.79
0.61
0.66 5.9 4.5-7.7 0.22
0.85
0.88
1.1
1.0
4.3
95%
confidence G(Heterogenity
LC50 limits factor)
0.68 0.59-0.79 0 15

0.57 0.51-0.64 0.17

0.76 0.70-0.85 0.14


0.61 0.54-0.74 0..26





4.3
      aDilution water - hardness ' 316 mg/'Z. as CaC03;  alkalinity = 214 mg/Z. as CaC03; pH = 8.2;  test  temperature = 19 "C.
      ^Static bioassay - 96-hr LC50 = 19 mg/Z.  (nominal), 1.3 mg/Z. (dissolved).

-------
TABLE 37.   COPPER CONCENTRATIONS  (IN MILLIGRAMS PER LITER)  IN EXPOSURE
                  CHAMBER FOR  TESTS  REPORTED IN  TABLE  36a
Nominal
concentration

Control
0.125
0.250
0.50
1.0
2.0
4.0

Control
2.0
4.0
8.0
16.0
32.0
64.0

Control
0.5
1.0
2.0
4.0
8.0
16.0
24-hr
Total Cu
A B
0.011
0.072
0.189
0.356
0.777
1.533 1.533
3.000
C D
0.010
1.118 1.229
4.889
5.286
6.023
10.200
23.240
E F
0.011
0.367
0.962
2.370 2.261
4.611
7.P80
11.703
Sample
Dissolved Cu
A B
-
0.087
0.200
0.316
0.438
0.533
0.608
C D
-
0.411
0.600
0.672
0.980
2.128
-
E F
96 -hr
Total Cu
A B
0.010
0.090
0.216
0.416
0.829
1.680 1.680
3.400
C D
0.013
0.753 0.847
2.625
4.806
6.240
11.540
22.690
E F
; 0.010 -
0.243 - 0.451
0.333 - 1.051
0.427 - 2.500 2.375
0.530 - 4.167
0.684 8.050
1.161 11.340
Sample ,
Dissolved Cu
A B
-
0.090
0.208
0.297
0.400
0.494
0.530
C D

0.370
0.541
0.595
0.892
1.811
9.135
E F
-
0.262
0.328
0.411
0.481
0.628
1.061
aGrab samples were collected 24 and 96 hr after test began.  Three diluters were used in duplicate:
 A and B,  C and D, E and F.
 The part  that passes through a 0.45-micron filter.
                                        127

-------
     Table 38 lists the LC50 values obtained from  the  toxicity  test  started on
May  8, 1972.  One diluter failed to perform satisfactorily  in these  tests.   The
creek chub was the most sensitive species, and the  striped  shiner  was  the most
resistant.

DISCUSSION
Water Quality Studies

     The results of the water quality studies are discussed more fully in the
general discussion (p. 168).

     Copper was much less acutely toxic in Shayler  Run water than  would be
predicted on the basis of hardness and alkalinity.  Much of this reduced
toxicity was related to copper detoxifying materials contributed by  the effluent
from the sewage treatment plant.  Bioassays indicated  that  added phosphate
detoxifies copper.  The added phosphate from the sewage treatment  plant could
account for part of the reduced toxicity of copper  in  Shayler Run.

     Even with this reduced toxicity, the acute toxicity of copper varied
greatly with the changing water quality of Shayler  Run.  Acute  bioassays have
been and will continue to be an important tool for  the establishment of water
quality and effluent criteria.  Our study indicates that varying toxicity due
to varying water quality can be an important consideration  in the  establishment
of water quality criteria for the protection of aquatic life.

Relative Sensitivity Studies

     The wide range in sensitivity or resistance of different stream species to
copper was an important consideration in the decision  to use this  metal as  the
toxicant in the Shayler Run study.   The most striking  result of the relative
sensitivity studies was the high resistance of the  bluegill to  copper.   The
96-hr LC50 (total measured copper)  value for the bluegill was more than 10  times
that of any other species tested in standard water.  However, this variation of
LC50 values was less than the variation of LC50 values of copper for both the
bluntnose minnow and the fathead minnow due to water quality effects on copper
toxicity.  In the two tests in Shayler Run water in which the bluegill was  used,
it was the most resistant species.

     In the bioassays conducted with standard water, the stoneroller,  creek chub,
rainbow darter,  and bluntnose minnow were the most  sensitive species,  and their
LC50 values were similar.  The 96-hr LC50 values of these species  were within
the 95% confidence limits of each other.  In the one toxicity test with Shayler
Run water in which the stoneroller  was used it was  the most sensitive  species.
The relative sensitivity of the creek chub varied greatly in the two Shayler Run
water tests.   Except for the bluegill, the creek chub was the most resistant
species in the bioassays conducted  in May 1971; it was the most sensitive species
in the May 1972 test.

     In the standard water the bluntnose minnow was more sensitive than the
fathead minnow.   The 96-hr LC50 value for the bluntnose minnow was 0.34 mg/l.
(0.29-0.40),  and for the two fathead minnow bioassays  it was 0.44  rag/I.
(0.38-0.52) and  0.49 mg/l. (0.41-0.59).   These LC50 values for  the fathead  minnow
are similar to the value reported by Mount (1968) for  the fathead  minnow tested

                                      128

-------
TABLE 38.  RELATIVE SENSITIVITY OF FIVE SPECIES OF FISH TO COPPER IN SHAYLER RUN WATER,  MAY 8, 1972
Graphical interpolation





Species Duplicate
Creek chub A
B
Rainbow darter

Fathead minnow A
B
Orangethroat darter
Striped shiner A
B
aDilution water - hardness = 274 mg/Z.
Rf-at-lr bioassav - 96-hr LC50 = 11 me

Measured



24-hr
1.2
1.1
>4.9

6.0
6.0
9.9
6.3
6.3
as CaC03;
Cu/Z. {nomi
LC50
total
(mg/Z.


48-hr
1.2
1.1
>4.9

5.2
6.0
8.3
6.3
6.3

copper



96-hr
1.2
1.1
2.6

4.5
5.3
5.8
6.0
6.0
LC50
Measured dissolved
(mg/Z.)


24-hr 48-br
0.36 0.36
0.34 0.34
= 0.59 >0.59

0.69 0.65
0.69 0.69
1.9 0.98
0.98 0.98
0.98 0.98
alkalinity = 202 mg/Z. as CaC03; pH = 8
nal).
Probit analysis
96-hr ! 96 -hr
copper Measured total copper j Measured dissolved copper
(mg/Z.) | (mg/Z.)
957. 1 95%
confidence G (Heterogenity confidence G(Heterogenity
96-hr LC50 limits factor) LC50 limits factor)
0.36 1.1 1.0-1.3 0.27
0.34
0.48 2.8 1.7-7.0 0.44

0.62 4.1 1.3-9.3 0.73
0.67
0.70
0.81 5.0 1.3
0.81
0.34 2.8

0.50 0.44-0.62 0.37

0.61 0.55-0.68 0.12


0.69 0.59-1.2 0.39

3; test temperature = 17 °C.

-------
 in Newtown Laboratory water (hardness, 200 mg/Z. as CaC03).  He  carried  out
 three flow-through tests and obtained a 96-hr value of 0.47 mg/Z.   The LC50
 values of copper for the bluntnose minnow in a test conducted  in  Shayler  Run
 water were always lower than those for the fathead minnow.  Most  of  the  important
 species of fish in Shayler Run appeared to be at least as sensitive  as the
 fathead minnow.

     The 96-hr LC50 of the rainbow darter was about half that  of  the  orangethroat
 darter in standard water.  In four of the five tests in Shayler Run  water, the
 rainbow darter was the more sensitive of the two species.  In  the  bioassays  with
 Shayler Run water, so much copper was precipitated on the bottom  and  in
 suspension above the bottom that it was impossible to see the  darters that stayed
 on the bottom of the tank.  The bottom of the tank had to be searched with a
 net to see if the fish were alive or dead.

     Except for the bluegill,  which was always the least sensitive  species,  the
 order of sensitivity of the species was not constant in the different dilution
 waters.  Part of this change in order of sensitivity probably  was  due to  the
 difficulty in the care and handling of some stream species.

     The relationship of the LC50 values of the fathead minnow and  the bluegill
 is a good example of the difficulty in comparing acute toxicity values of
 species tested in different dilution waters.  Both of the species were easy  to
 maintain under our laboratory conditions.  In all cases the LC50 value of the
 bluegill was higher than that of the fathead minnow.  However, because of water
 quality, the ratio between the values for these two species varied greatly.  In
 the tests with standard water the LC50 (total measured copper) for  the bluegill
 was about 20 times greater than that for the fathead minnow.   In  Shayler Run
 water (Tables 34 and 36) the LC50 value for the bluegill was only  two times
 greater.

     Another problem encountered in this comparative sensitivity  study was the
 inablility to distinguish and measure the toxic form or forms  of  copper.  As a
 first approach to measure "toxic" copper, dissolved concentrations were measured
 In standard water about 85% or more of the total copper was dissolved.  As shown
 in Tables 35 and 37, at high concentrations only about 10% of  the  total measured
 concentration was dissolved.  As the total copper concentration decreased, the
 proportion of dissolved copper increased until at the lowest concentrations  the
 copper is about all "dissolved."  As shown in both the flow-through  and  static
 bioassays,  there is less variation in LC50 values for dissolved c«pper than  in
values for total copper.  This suggests that insoluble copper  is  relatively
nontoxic.
                                     130

-------
                                  SECTION  XIV

                               CHRONIC  STUDIES
INTRODUCTION

     To obtain laboratory test results  for  comparison with  results  from  the
field studies at Shayler Run, chronic toxicity  tests with fish were conducted  at
both the Newtown Fish Toxicology  Station  (NFTS) and the  streamside  laboratory
facilities adjacent to Shayler Run.  At the NFTS  laboratory before  the field
studies, three chronic tests with fathead minnows were conducted  to determine  the
effect on reproduction of exposure to copper  for  different  lengths  of time before
spawning.  The three tests were performed at  the  same time  and arranged  to give
6 months, 3 months, and 0 months  of  exposure  to copper before spawning.   The
tests were carried out because in the long-term stream exposure the different
species of fish would be exposed  to  copper  for  different periods  of time before
spawning.  The effect on reproduction was studied because Mount (1968) and
Mount and Stephan  (1969) had found  that the MATC  for the fathead  minnow  was
established on the basis of egg production.   Two  flow-through acute toxicity
tests were also conducted with the  chronic  tests  so that an application  factor
could be calculated.

     At the streamside laboratory,  chronic  tests with the fathead minnow and four
resident stream species were conducted  concurrently with the field  studies.  The
tests were performed to obtain chronic  toxicity data when the fish  in the
laboratory were under conditions  as  similar as possible  to  those  in the  stream
so that a direct comparison of the  results  of the laboratory and  the field
exposure could be made.  The tests  used stream water from the control area and
from the copper-treated area and  were conducted under ambient conditions.  A
fry-growth and survival study was  also  conducted during  the streamside studies
with white sucker and creek chub  fry.

METHODS

Newtown Fish Toxicology Station (NFTS)  Chronic Tests

     The methodology and design of  the  tests  were similar to those  described by
Mount (1968).  The three tests were  conducted at the same time, November 1968
through October 1969.  Copper was  introduced  immediately in the first test, 3
months later in the second, and immediately after the first spawning in  the third,
giving 6 months', 3 months', and  0 months'  exposure to copper before spawning.
The three exposure systems each consisted of  a proportional diluter (Mount and
Brungs,  1967) delivering 1 1. of  control water and 1 1.  each of six copper
concentrations per cycle to duplicate exposure chambers.  The exposure chambers
were all glass and measured 30 by  60 by 30 cm high and contained  30 Z. of water.
The flow rate was about 7 tank-volumes  of water a day.  A dilution  factor of
                                      131

-------
0.6 was used to give nominal concentrations of 100, 60, 36, 22, 13  pg/£.  copper
and control water.  The concentrations were arranged randomly in each  row of
duplicate exposure chambers in one exposure system, and the same random
arrangement was used in the other two systems.

     The dilution water and the supply systems were the same as described by
Mount (1968).  Test temperature was controlled by a heater in the water-supply
headbox and was modified by room temperature.  Temperature was recorded by
means of three 7-day indicating and recording thermographs, each with  a probe
in one chamber of an exposure system.  For the first 4 months the average
temperature was 23° C with a maximum of 26° C.  During February the heater was
off for 4 days, and the temperature averaged 15° C with a minimum of 11°  C.
There was an unanticipated early spawning on April 6.  At that time the
temperature was lowered to 19° C to approximate more closely the planned
prespawning exposure periods to copper.  The mean temperature slowly increased
to 24° C by May and averaged 24.5° C during June, July, and August, when  most
of the spawning occurred.  The mean temperature slowly dropped during  September
and reached 20° C at the end of the test.

     Six pieces of half-tile were placed in each exposure chamber for  spawning
substrates.  Light was provided by cool-white flourescent ceiling fixtures
controlled by two time switches.  Early in December the day length was reduced
from 16 to 10 hr.  The day length was increased 1 hr every month until 16 hr
were obtained in June, maintained for 2 months, and then decreased 1 hr every
month.

     All test fish were reared from eggs spawned in the laboratory by  the fathead
minnows obtained from the Newtown Fish Farm.  Eggs were hatched, and fry  were
reared for about 4 weeks before they were randomly introduced into the exposure
chambers.  The fish were fed a commercial dry trout food, and live organisms in
the water supply supplemented the diet.  Excess food and waste products were
siphoned from the exposure chambers as necessary.  When a disease broke out, all
42 exposure chambers were given the same treatment.  Potassium permanganate was
used to control protozoan infections, and tetracycline and neomycin were  used to
control bacterial infections.

     During the spawning season all tiles were examined in the early afternoon
for eggs.  Egg handling and hatching procedures were the same as described by
Mount (1968).  Hatchability was calculated as the percentage of larvae hatching
from 50 eggs after 7 days of incubation.

     Routine analyses of the test water from the exposure chambers were made in
each set of duplicates every other week.  Methods described by the American
Public Health Association (1965, 1971) were used to measure oxygen  in  all seven
chambers; hardness (EDTA) in the control chamber only; and pH, alkalinity, and
acidity in two chambers.  In addition, hardness was measured in the dilution
water every weekday.  The stock solution of copper for the toxicant-metering
system was made as previously described by Mount (1968).  During copper dosing,
water samples for copper analysis were removed daily from each chamber and
composited for 7 days.  Each set of duplicate chambers was sampled on  alternate
weeks.  After acidification, these samples were analyzed for total  copper by
means of the atomic absorption spectrophotometric procedure described  in  Section
IX (p. 24 ).
                                      132

-------
     Reproduction data from the three long-term exposures were  subjected  to  a
two-way analysis of variance using transformed values of Vx + Vx+I where  x_ is
the mean number of eggs per female.  The program used was "Analyses of Variance
for Factorial Design" (Dixon, 1974).

Newtown Fish Toxicology Station (NFTS) Acute Tests
     The acute toxicity of copper to fathead minnows from the same source as
those used in the long-term test was determined with flow-through tests in NFTS
water.  The diluter was calibrated for a 0.75 dilution  factor and delivered  test
concentrations to duplicate exposure chambers containing 10 fish each.  Two  tests
were conducted:  one with 6-week-old fish  that averaged  22 mm in length,  the
other with 6-month-old fish that averaged  55 mm in  length and 1.5 g  in weight.

Streamside Chronic Tests
     Procedures similar to those described for the  NFTS  tests were used for
chronic tests with minnows and darters, and procedures  similar  to those described
by Eaton  (1970) were used for the chronic  test with sunfish.  Control water  and
water from the exposure area of the  stream or control water dosed with copper
in the laboratory were used for the  tests.  Five  test systems were used for  the
streamside chronic tests over the 3-month study period;  as many  as three species
were exposed in a test system.  Roman numerals were used  to designate  the test
systems.  The numbers were assigned  consecutively over  the study period,  I through
V.  Fathead minnows were exposed in  test systems  I,  II,  and IV; bluntnose minnows
in test systems II, III, and IV; green sunfish in test  system V; and johnny  and
fantail darters in test system III.  Fish  in  test systems II through V were
exposed to copper when copper was being metered to  the  stream.  Fathead minnows
in test system I were continuously exposed to a constant  concentration of copper
in stream water so a comparison could be made with  fish intermittently exposed
to copper in the other tests.
     A proportional diluter  (Mount and Brungs, 1967) was  used in test  system I
to dose stream water from the control area with a stock solution of  copper to
obtain concentrations of 600, 350, 200, 120,  60,  and  30 yg/Z. copper and  control
stream water.  In test systems II and III,  modified proportional diluters were
used to dilute the nominally dosed 120 yg/Z.  copper water from  the  exposure  area
with water from the control area to  give nominal  concentrations of  120, 60,  and
30 yg/Z.  copper and control stream water.   In test  system IV a  modified
proportional diluter was used to give concentrations  of 120 and 60  yg/Z.  copper
and control water, and a toxicant-metering device,  patterned after  McAllister
jet al.  (1972), was used to give a nominal  240 yg/Z. copper concentration. For
test system V a modified proportional diluter and metering device,  as  described
for test  system IV, was used when the test was started  inside  the  laboratory
during the winter.  A proportional mixing  of  continuous flows of control  water
and exposure water and the continuous addition of copper  solution  from a  Mariotte
bottle and capillary-tube metering system  to  control  water was  used  when  the test
was moved outside to give concentrations of 240,  120, and  60 yg/Z.  copper and
control water.  All test concentrations were  set  up in  duplicate.   Although
toxicant  concentrations were constant in test system I,  they were  not  continuous
or constant in test systems II through V since copper was not delivered  to the
test systems when copper was not being metered to the stream.

     Glass tanks, 60 by 30 by 30 cm, were  used for  tests inside the laboratory
with bluntnose and fathead minnows,  and for the start of tests  with bluntnose

                                      133

-------
minnows and darters in test system III.  Plywood tanks were used for  tests
conducted outside and for the sunfish tests which required larger tanks.  Plywood
tanks, 120 by 60 by 30 cm, divided into 60- by 40-cm sections by plastic  screens,
were used to test the bluntnose minnow, the johnny darter, and the fantail  darter
in test system III.  In test system V green sunfish were tested in 240- by  60-  by
45-cm plywood tanks.  In an attempt to lessen territorial fighting and loss of
test fish, two partial dividers, 40- by 20- by 25-cm concrete blocks  set  on the
long edge and extending across the tank from one side, were placed in each  green
sunfish tank.  Smith (1975) suggests that there is considerable aggressive
behavior and territorial fighting in green sunfish brought from the field into
the laboratory.  The sunfish tanks were also covered with nets, attached  to one
side of the tanks and weighted on the other side, to keep fish from jumping out
or over to another tank.  Water depth in the glass tanks was approximately  15 cm.
Water depth in the 120- by 60- by 30-cm plywood tanks for test system III was
15 cm, and the depth in the sunfish tanks for test system V was 30 cm.

     The flow of water for all of the tests was between 4 and 6 tank-volumes per
day.  When water flow to the tanks stopped because of clogged lines or pump
failure, the tanks were aerated.  During the first year and a half the air  was
turned on manually.  After headboxes were installed, floats in the headboxes
attached to microswitches turned on the air when the flow of water stopped.  The
test temperature followed ambient stream temperature ±1° C except in the
bluntnose chronic test system III, in which electric immersion heaters in the
headboxes and aquarium heaters in the tanks were used to maintain water
temperature at about 24° C.

     Spawning substrates for the minnows and darters and egg handling and hatching
for the minnows were described by Mount (1968).  Spawning substrates and  egg
hatching and handling for the sunfish were similar to those described by  Eaton
(1970).  Fry growth chambers for sunfish were 30- by 15- by 30-cm glass tanks with
screened ends placed in the sunfish tanks.  Six spawning substrates were  placed
in each minnow and darter chamber, and three spawning substrates were placed in
each sunfish tank.

     The photoperiod for all tests, except for those in test systems I and  IV,  was
the natural photoperiod for the season.  Translucent green fiber-glass panels in
the roof of the laboratory allowed passage of light from the outside.  Cool-white
flourescent lights, turned on after sunrise and off before sunset by a timer,
also provided light to test systems in the laboratory.  Test system I was enclosed
in opaque black plastic and had incandescent lights turned on by a timer  to
approximate the natural photoperiod pattern of southern Ohio.  The bluntnose test
in system IV, after 16 hr of daylight was reached naturally, was held at  a  16-hr
photoperiod by setting the timer for the laboratory lights to extend the
spawning period for the bluntnose minnow.

     Fish used for the chronic tests were seined or trapped from Shayler  Run
except for fathead minnows, which were obtained from the Newtown Fish Farm.
Bluntnose minnows exposed in test system IV in one set of the nominal 120 yg/£.
copper duplicates were from the exposure area of the stream.  Green sunfish
exposed in test system V in the two high nominal concentrations of 120 and  240
yg/Z.  copper were also from the exposure area.  These fish were collected from
the exposure area to determine the effect of prior and long-term exposure on
their response in the tests.  The green sunfish had been potentially  exposed to
copper in the exposure section of the stream for 2 years.  The bluntnose


                                        134

-------
minnows had potentially been exposed to copper for 6 months before the  test,
and their parents had potentially been exposed to copper.  The species, source,
and age of fish used in the streamside chronic tests are summarized in  Table 39.

     The fish were held after collection from the field until sufficient numbers
were available for testing.  During holding and testing the fish were fed once
a day ad libitum with dry trout food and frozen brine shrimp, or live Daphnia
when available.  The tanks were cleaned twice a week or more often if necessary.
When external parasites and bacterial or fungal infections were observed, fish
were treated.  All tanks in a test system W£re treated similarly.  Fungal
infections were treated with 20 mg/l. Dexon .  A mixture of formalin (20 mg/l.)
and DexoiP* (20 mg/l.) was used for parasites, and a mixture of tetracycline
(20 mg/l.), neomycin (12 mg/l.), and Dexori® (20 mg/l.) was used to treat bacterial
infection.  Dexort^ was included for the treatment of parasitic and bacterial
infection because secondary fungal infections usually were observed with disease
or injury, or both.  Problems with fungus were probably related to the  high
amount of organic material present in the water from the sewage treatment plant.

     Dissolved oxygen, pH, alkalinity, hardness, and aciditiy were determined on
grab samples of dilution water 5 days a week and on one of the duplicate control
concentrations each week.  Additional chemical analyses were made on other
dilution water characteristics at less frequent intervals.

     Water samples for copper analysis from the chronic tests were 7-day composited
samples and were collected from one chamber of a set of duplicates on alternate
weeks.  Some grab samples were also taken from chronic tests in systems IV and V.
Total copper and dissolved copper were determined weekly on chambers containing
a nominal copper concentration of 120 yg/Z.

Streamside Fry Growth and Survival

     White sucker and creek chub fry were collected from Shayler Run and exposed
in the streamside laboratory in flow-through systems to either control water or
exposure water to determine the effects of copper on growth and survival.  Two
water-delivery systems (Brungs and Mount, 1970) delivered control or exposure
water to duplicate sets of twelve 60- by 30- by 30-cm glass tanks.  The water
depth in the tanks was 15 cm, approximately 27 I. of water.  The flow of water
to the tanks was 6 tank-volumes per day.  The drains of the tanks were  covered
with a fine-mesh stainless steel screen to prevent loss of fry.

     The fry were captured in a soft nylon mesh dip net in the control  area of the
stream.  They were sorted and identified, and fry of both species were
randomized into five groups of 20-30 fry, depending on the number captured.  Four
of the groups were assigned to duplicate sets of control and exposure tanks.  The
remaining group was anaesthetized, and the lengths were measured to the nearest
millimeter with a ruler.   The average length calculated for that group  was used
as the initial length of the fry for the study.  At 2 weeks, 4 weeks, and 8
weeks the fry were removed from the tanks, anaesthetized with MS 222, measured,
and returned to the tanks.  From the measurements an average length for each
combined duplicate was obtained, and a t-test was used to determine if  there was
a significant difference between control and exposure groups of fry.

     Temperature of the test water varied with the stream water temperature, and
the photoperiod was the natural photoperiod for that time of year.  The fish


                                       135

-------
TABLE 39.  SOURCES OF FISH FOR STREAMSIDE CHRONIC TESTS
Test Species
Fry growth and survival Creek chub
White sucker
Chronic tests
System I Fathead minnow
System II Fathead minnow
Bluntnose minnow
System III Bluntnose minnow
1 i
CP\ Johnny darter
Fantail darter
System IV Fathead minnow
Bluntnose minnow
Control
60
120
240
120 E
System V Green sunfish
Control
60
120
240
Source Age-life stage
Control area of Shayler Run Fry


Newtown Fish Farm 5 months
Newtown, Ohio 10 months
Control area of Shayler Run Early young-of-the-year
Control area of Shayler Run Early young-of-the-year
Young-of-the-year
Young-of-the-year
Newtown Fish Farm Young-of-the— year
Control area of Shayler Run Late young-of-the— year




Exposure area of Shayler Run Early young-of-the-year
Control area of Shayler Run Adults


Exposure area of Shayler Run Adults

Size (mm)
14-21
12-13
•^
32-38
40-50
40-50
40-50
30-40
30-50
30-40
30-40




45-50
100-120


100-120


-------
were not fed during the study so  that fry  in  the  test would  receive  as  nearly  as
possible the same food as fry in  the stream.  Loose material was  siphoned  from
the tanks every week or after high  stream  flows when large amounts of suspended
materials settled out.

RESULTS

Newtown Fish Toxicology Station  (NFTS) Tests

     The results of the routine chemical analyses of water from the  exposure
chambers are given in Table 40; the copper concentrations in the  7-day  composited
samples are given in Table 41.  Survival of fathead minnows  was not  affected by
continuous exposure to increasing concentrations  of copper up to  100 pg/Z.  In the
acute mortality tests there was 5% mortality  at 160 pg/Z. and 17.5% mortality
at 280 pg/Z.  Survival of the fish  in the  long-term tests was related to disease,
as fish died in several of the exposure chambers, but in no  case  was death related
to copper concentration.  The deaths that  occurred after the number of  animals
was reduced by thinning were probably related to  handling the fish.

     Survival of the eggs that were spawned and incubated at the  experimental
concentrations was not adversely affected  by  copper (Table 42).   In all three
systems hatchability varied from 87% to 97%,  all within the  normal range of
variation found at the NFTS.  Thus, the length of time the adult  fish were exposed
to copper had no influence on hatchability of eggs.

     The effect of copper on the fathead minnow reproduction is summarized in
Tables 43, 44, and 45.  During May at a photoperiod of 14 hr of light,  spawning
started in all systems.  The first spawning in system III was on May 4, and
copper was introduced on May 16 before the second spawning occurred.  The last
spawning was on September 22 at a photoperiod of  14 hr and mean temperature of
22° C.  The test was terminated on October 23, 1969.

     The reproduction data were examined by statistical analysis  of variance for
factorial design.  The two controlled variables were length  of time of  copper
exposure and copper concentration.  The assumption was made  that  the measured
concentrations at the same nominal concentrations for the three tests were not
different.  The statistical analysis indicated that the length of time  of
exposure to copper had no significant effect  on the number of eggs per  female.
However, the effect of copper concentration was highly significant.  To test
which concentrations were different from the  control,  the data were analyzed with
a one-sided Dunnett test.   The analysis indicated that all nominal concentrations
of 36 pg/Z. (37 pg/Z., measured) and higher caused a significant  reduction in
egg production (P=0.05).  Nominal concentrations of 22 pg/Z.  (24 pg/Z. measured)
and lower had no significant effect.  In summary, the statistical analysis
indicated that the length of time the fish were exposed to copper had no effect
on reproduction;  that copper concentrations of 22 pg/Z. (nominal) and lower had
no effect on reproduction;  and that copper concentrations of 36 pg/Z. (nominal)
and higher had a significant effect on reproduction.

     Since the effect of pre-exposure to copper was not significant, the number
of eggs per female for all six replicate chambers is summarized in Table 46.  Egg
production in the control and low copper concentration was less than that in
16 pg/Z.  However, there is a straight-line relationship between  the mean number
of eggs per female and the log of copper concentrations between 16 and  98 pg/Z.


                                       137

-------
                       TABLE 40.   WEEKLY CHEMICAL ANALYSES  OF THE WATER IN THE EXPOSURE CHAMBERS  FOR
                                    THE NFTS PRESPAWNING EXPOSURE  CHRONIC TESTS  WITH  COPPER
OJ
CO

Characteristic
Total hardness
(mg/Z. as CaC03)
Alkalinity
(mg/Z. as CaC03)
Dissolved oxygen
(mg/Z.)
Acidity
(mg/Z.)
PH
(6-month
Test 1
prespawning exposure)
Number of
analyses Mean ± S.D.
18

99

340

91

98
204 ± 5.8

158 ± 8.1

7.8 ± 0.79

8.0 ± 3.4

7.9C
(3-month
Test 2
prespawning exposure)
Number of
analyses Mean ± S.D.
15

96

337

94

95
203 ±5.1

158 ± 7.3

7.8 i 0.71

8.1 ± 3.0

7.9C
(0-month
Test 3
prespawning
Number of
analyses Mean
14

97

336

93

98
204

157

7.7

8.7

7.8
exposure)
± S.D.b
± 6.1

± 7.0

± 0.72

± 2.6

c

            .Additional analyses of water leading to the test systems indicated: total hardness = 202 ±  6.1 (N=236); conductivity = 470 i  50 (N=43).
             S.D. - standard deviation.
            CMode.

-------
                        TABLE 41.  TOTAL COPPER CONCENTRATIONS IN WEEKLY COMPOSITE  SAMPLES FROM
                                     THE NFTS PRESPAWNING EXPOSURE TOXICITY TESTS
U)
Nominal
copper
concentration
(ug/M
Control

8

13

22

36

60

100

Test 1
(6-month prespawning exposure)
Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Number of
samples
24
24
24
23
24
23
24
23
24
24
24
24
23
23
Mean ± S.D."
{VR/I.)
4.9
4.2
12
12
16
17
25
26
38
38
57
62
97
101
± 2.9
± 1.3
i 1.6
± 1.5
± 2.0
± 1.8
± 2.3
± 3.1
± 4.8
± 2.7
± 7.4
± 4.5
± 9.3
i 6.1
Test 2
(3-month prespawning exposure)
Number of
samples
17
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
Mean ± S.D."1
(UK/Z.)
4.2
4.2
11
11
15
16
22
24
36
36
57
58
96
96
± 1.1
± 1.5
± 1.2
± 0.9
± 1.4
± 1.4
± 1.6
+ 3.3
r 2.8
± 1.7
± 4.1
i 3.3
± 7.8
± 10
Test 3
(0-month prespawning exposure)
Number of Mean ± S.D.a
samples (yg/Z..)
10
10
11
10
11
10
10
10
10
10
11
10
11
10
3.5
4.3
10
11
16
16
22
23
38
38
61
64
98
101
± 0.4
± 1.8
± 1.3
± 1.2
± 1.9
± 2.5
± 2.6
± 2.3
± 4.7
± 3.2
± 6.4
± 5.8
± 11
± 10
       S.D. - standard deviation,

-------
TABLE 42.  HATCHABILITY OF EGGS FROM THE NFTS PRESPAWNING EXPOSURE CHRONIC TESTS

Nominal
copper
concentration
(l^g/Z-.)
Control

8

13

22

36

60

100

Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
(6-month
Number of
eggs
incubated
500
700
500
550
500
399
550
450
500
561
495
250
0
150
Test 1
prespawning
Number
hatched
456
630
460
520
468
360
531
422
474
544
453
224
0
143
exposure)
Percentage
hatched
91
90
92
95
94
90
97
94
95
97
92
90
_
95
(3-month
Number of
eggs
incubated
500
500
500
500
500
550
500
350
400
550
250
450
202
49
Test 2
prespawning
Number
hatched
450
435
468
470
465
517
482
334
371
505
234
407
196
39
exposure)
Percentage
hatched
90
87
94
94
93
94
96
95
93
92
94
90
97
90
(0-month
Number of
eggs
incubated
460
500
500
500
400
500
308
500
497
550
257
485
200
0
Test 3
prespawning
Number
hatched
419
479
450
459
375
479
285
434
437
511
241
439
177
0
exposure)
Percentage
hatched
91
96
90
92
94
96
93
87
88
93
94
91
89
-

-------
TABLE 43.  NUMBER OF SPAWNS AND EGGS FROM FATHEAD MINNOWS WITH A
             6-MONTH PRESPAWNING EXPOSURE TO COPPER

Nominal
copper
concentration
(vs/l.)
Control

8

13

22

36

60

100

Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Number
of
females
10
15
7
8
11
9
14
17
13
12
12
11
15
16
Number
of
males
6
5
5
4
5
6
6
4
5
7
5
8
4
5
Number
of
spawnings
49
106
65
60
100
92
52
102
45
73
34
8
1
5
Number
of
spawnings/
female
4.9
7.1
9.3
7.5
9.1
10.2
3.7
6.0
3.5
6.1
2.8
0.7
0.1
0.3
Total
eggs
produced
5,700
23,557
12,361
10,052
15,881
12,609
5,937
13,453
5,189
7,196
2,558
708
11
463
Number
of eggs/
spawning
116
222
190
168
159
137
114
132
115
99
75
88
11
93
Number
of eggs/
female
570
1,570
1,766
1,257
1,444
1,401
424
791
399
600
213
64
1
29

-------
TABLE 44.  NUMBER OF SPAWNS AND EGGS FROM FATHEAD MINNOWS WITH A
             3-MONTH PRESPAWNING EXPOSURE TO COPPER

Nominal
copper
concentration
(ug/i.)
Control

8

13

22

36

60

100

Oup lica te
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Number
of
females
13
13
8
17
14
9
4
7
11
13
14
12
15
11
Number
of
males
7
7
6
3
5
10
6
2
10
7
6
6
4
9
Number
of
spawnings
106
33
30
75
102
59
35
31
26
56
10
25
11
2
Number
of
spawnings/
female
8
2
3
4
7
6
8
4
2
4
0
2
0
0
.2
.5
.8
.4
.3
.6
.8
.4
.4
.3
.7
.1
.7
.2
Total
eggs
produced
18
5
3
11
16
8
6
6
2
6

2


,664
,558
,318
,199
,558
,281
,255
,268
,416
,676
715
,854
544
70
Number
of eggs/
spawning
176
168
111
149
162
140
179
202
93
119
72
114
49
35
Number
of eggs/
female
1,436
428
415
659
1,183
920
1,564
895
220
513
51
238
36
6

-------
TABLE 45.  NUMBER OF SPAWNS AND EGGS FROM FATHEAD MINNOWS WITH
              NO PRESPAWNING EXPOSURE TO COPPER
Nominal
ropiK't
cone unLra t Ion
(MK//-.)
Control

8

13

22

36

60

100

!)up 1 icate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Number
or
1 ema 1 es
13
13
1 1
12
15
J3
1 1
13
14
12
12
16
15
12
Number
or
males
6
6
9
6
5
6
8
6
6
7
8
5
4
8
Number
oT
spawnings
99
63
54
96
84
87
29
83
52
86
1 1
37
7
0
Number
of
spawnings/
T ema 1 e
7
4
4
8
5
6
2
6
3
7
0
2
0

.6
.8
.9
.0
.6
.7
.6
.4
.7
.2
.9
.3
.5
0
Total
eggs
produced
14
8
6
12
10
13
3
12
4
8

2


,099
,930
,705
,329
,796
, 142
,855
,884
,992
,798
841
,698
866
0
Number
or eggs/
spawning
142
142
124
128
129
151
133
155
96
102
76
73
124
0
Number
or eggs/
rema 1 e
1 , 084
687
610
1,027
720
1,011
350
991
356
733
70
169
58
0

-------
TABLE 46.  COMBINED EGG PRODUCTION BY FATHEAD MINNOWS IN THE  SIX
            CHAMBERS FOR EACH CONCENTRATION OF COPPER

Copper concentration
(tag/I.)
Nominal
Control
8
13
22
36
60
100
Mean
measured
4.2
11
16
24
37
60
98
Total number
Eggs
76,508
55,964
77,267
48,652
35,787
10,674
1,954
Males
37
33
37
35
42
38
34
Females
77
63
71
66
68
77
84
Eggs per female
Mean
number
894
888
1,088
836
526
139
23
Percentage
of control
100
99
122
94
59
16
3
                              144

-------
     The 96-hr LC50 values and 95% confidence  limits were  0.49  (0.41-0.63) rag
Cu/Z. for 6-week-old fry and 0.46  (0.39-0.54)  mg  Cu/Z.  for  the  6-month-old
subadult fish, which indicates little  effect of age on  toxicity.

Streamside Tests

Analytical—

     No measured dissolved oxygen concentrations  were below  5 mg/Z.  in  the test
chambers in any chronic test.  Hardness  of  the dilution water varied  from 88 to
352, 110 to 356, and 84 to 330 mg/Z.,  respectively, for the  3 months  of  the study.
Alkalinity varied from 56 to 248, 66 to  256, and  50 to  236 mg/Z0, respectively,
and pH from 7.5 to 8.5, 7.7 to 8.5, and  7.6 to 8.4, respectively.  The  chemical
characteristics of the control test chambers are  given  with  the results  for each
test.  Some less frequently measured characteristics of the  dilution  water are
reported in Appendix Tables 2 to 9.  The total copper concentration  for  each of
the chronic tests is reported in Tables  47  through 51.  These values  are the
average measured total copper values of  the composite samples of  the  test
concentrations for the whole test period when  the water was  being dosed  with
copper.  The average concentrations during  the spawning periods of the  combined
composite samples  for both duplicates are  also listed.  In  winter and  spring the
copper concentration of the tests was  lower since the stream was not  dosed
continuously because of high water.  No  attempt was made to  adjust the values
for average measured copper for samples  lost,  improperly taken or contaminated,
or not measured.  During the last 2 years of the  study  some  of the weekly
composite samples were discarded if the  test was  not dosed for more  than 2 days
for the week.  The measured values for these samples probably would have been
low, near the backround value.  Because  most of the samples  not measured
probably would have been low, the average copper  value  given in the  tables
would be high.  The fish in the test therefore would have been exposed  to a
slightly lower average value of copper than the measured average value  indicated.
The total numbers of samples not measured are  reported  in the tables.  The
average measured total values of copper  will be used in the  discussion of the
results.

Fathead Minnow Chronic Test (Continuous  Exposure)—Test System I--

     The first fathead minnow chronic  test was in test  system I.  Only fathead
minnows were used.  They were continuously  exposed to nearly constant
concentrations of copper for 9 months  from January 13,  1970, to September 16,
1970 (Table 52).  The temperature during the test ranged from 0°  to  30°  C.  The
hardness ranged from 148 to 340 mg/Z., and  the alkalinity ranged  from 76 to 244
mg/Z.,  with means of 274 and 183 mg/Z.,  respectively.   The pH ranged  from 7.6
to 8.6.  The average measured copper concentrations for the  weekly composite samples
were 561, 316, 180, 118, 66, 33, and 6.8 yg/Z. (control) (Table 47).  For 11 samples
the mean dissolved copper in streamwater  dosed with 118 mg/ Z. copper  was 87% of
the total (range 66 to 104).  This test  was similar to  chronic tests  with copper
and fathead minnows conducted at the NFTS,  in  which the fish were exposed continuously
to a constant concentration of copper  except for  the varying quality  and temperature
of the stream water.

     Some fish died during the test because of disease„  Deaths attibutable to
copper were observed in the three highest copper  concentrations.  These  deaths
were attributed to the effect of copper  because there was no evidence of


                                        145

-------
     TABLE  47.  MEASURED  TOTAL COPPER CONCENTRATION IN DUPLICATE TEST CHAMBERS OF
                     TEST  SYSTEM I  -  FATHEAD  MINNOW CHRONIC TEST3

Nominal
copper
concentration
(U8/M
Control

30

60

120

200

350

600

Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Number
of weekly
composites
analyzed
14
14
15
15
16
15
16
15
16
15
16
15
16
15
Mean measured
copper
concentration
(Mg/Z.)
7.2
6.5
31
35
64
67
120
116
180
181
313
319
557
565
Standard
deviation
2.7
1.7
2
5
6
7
8
10
14
16
20
18
33
25
Range
(Mg/Z.)
5-14
4-11
28-35
29-50
55-76
58-88
107-141
101-143
156-208
135-201
287-346
290-351
487-610
525-617

Data from Brungs et al.  (1974).

-------
TABLE 48.  MEASURED TOTAL COPPER CONCENTRATIONS IN DUPLICATE TEST CHAMBERS OF
         TEST SYSTEM II - FATHEAD AND BLUNTNOSE MINNOW CHRONIC TEST

Species
Fathead
minnow






Bluntnose
minnow






Nominal
copper
concentration
(us/Z..)
Control

30

60

120

Control

30

60

120

Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Number of
weekly
composites
analyzed
2
2
3
4
3
4
3
4
2
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
Mean measured
copper
concentration
9.5
4.3
29.0
27.5
49.3
49.7
86.3
97.0
5.4
7.1
28.3
30.2
51.3
52.3
85.7
95.2
Standard
deviation


8.7
3.9
12.7
7.1
23.7
18.2

4.1
6.7
3.9
14.4
7.9
27.2
16.0
Range
(yg/Z..)
7-12
4-5
19-35
26-34
35-59
44-60
60-106
83-122
5-6
5-12
21-34
26-34
35-62
47-64
55-107
84-119
Number of
samples
discarded
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0

-------
              TABLE 49.  MEASURED TOTAL  COPPER CONCENTRATION IN DUPLICATE TEST CHAMBERS  OF
                                TEST SYSTEM III - BLUNTNOSE MINNOW CHRONIC









J>
00



Nominal
copper
concentration
(ng/Z.)
Control

30

60

120





Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B

Number of
weekly
composites
analyzed
19
19
20
20
20
20
21
21

Mean measured
copper
concentration
(Pg/l.)
6.3
6.5
30.5
30.0
57.3
53.4
102.7
98.1
Test period


Standard
deviation
2.3
2.5
10.4
10.1
19.9
19.4
37.5
35.2
Spawning period


Range
(Ug/Z.)
4-13
4-15
6-46
7-46
13-87
10-85
11-166
14-166

Number of
samples
discarded
2
2
1
1
1
1
0
0
Number of
weekly
composites
analyzed
8

8

8

8

Mean0 measured
copper
concentration
Cvs/Z.)
7.5

32.8

58.0

107



Standard
deviation
4.1

3.7

5.7

12.9



Range
(Mg/Z.)
5-15

29-38

51-65

94-135

Average for,.combined duplicates.

-------
TABLE 50.   MEASURED TOTAL COPPER CONCENTRATION IN DUPLICATE TEST CHAMBERS OF
         TEST SYSTEM IV - FATHEAD AND BLUNTNOSE MINNOW CHRONIC TEST

Nomina 1
copper
concent rat ion
Species (vf.ll.)
Fathead Control
minnow
60

120

Bluntnose Control

60

120

120

240

aPeriod of 12/22/71 to 11/1/72

Perioa ct 6/18/72 to 9/6/72 fc
LAvera£e for combined duplicate



Test period"

Number of Mean measured
week] y copper
composites concentration
Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
AE
BE
A
B
for both fathead
, .

analyzed
6
5
6
5
6
5
10
9
11
9
9
8
9
6
16
14
and bluntnose


(ut.ll.)
9.1
6.7
53
41
105
78
10.3
9.3
43.1
45.1
92.8
95.6
96.2
87.0
190
195
minnows .


Standard
deviation
2.7
0.8
12.8
17.6
17.1
27.7
5.5
3.1
11.3
9.3
12.3
32.4
21.7
31.1
53.7
46.2



Range
(ug/Z.)
8-13
6-8
43-78
21-60
84-131
42-108
5-24
5-14
17-57
30-57
67-104
41-135
60-142
42-11 1
90-279
97-245



Spawning period
Number of Mean1" measured
Number of weekly copper
samples composites concentration Standard Range
discarded analyzed (ug/Z.) deviation (ug/Z.)
4 5 8.8 2.7 6-13
5
4 5 59.1 11.5 46-78
5
4 5 112.5 12.8 98-131
5
6
6 See Table 57

6
7
7

9
5
6




-------
         TABLE  51.   MEASURED TOTAL COPPER CONCENTRATION IN DUPLICATE TEST CHAMBERS OF
                           TEST  SYSTEM V - GREEN SUNFISH CHRONIC  TEST
Test period
N'omina 1
copper
concert ra tion
(ug/Z.)
Control

60

120

240




Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
N'umber of
weekly
composites
analyzed
9
7
10
7
10
7
9
7
Mean measured
copper
concentration
(pg/Z.)
7.1
9.0
50.4
45.6
97.3
84.4
166
162


Standard
deviation
2.5
2.4
15.4
13.2
28.5
30.6
55.5
58.6


Range
(ug/Z.)
5.0-7.9
6-14
18-69
29-62
37-126
47-124
47-224
70-236

Number of
samples
discarded
5
5
4
5
4
5
5
5
Number of
weekly-
composites
analyzed
4

4

4

4

Spawning period
Mean" measured
copper
concentration
(ug/Z.)
7.6

65.0

118.9

205.2



Standard
deviation
2.0

9.0

11.9

19.7



Range
(MS/Z.)
6-11

52-72

104-130

190-234

Average for conbined duplicates.

-------
                TABLE  52.  SUMMARY  OF EXPOSURE  CONDITIONS  FOR STREAMSIDE CHRONIC TESTS

Chronic
test
System I
System II
System III
System IV
System V
Species
Fathead minnow
Fathead minnow
Bluntnose minnow
Bluntnose minnow
Darters
Fathead minnow
Bluntnose minnow
Green sunfish
Number
of fish
per chamber
20
20
20
25
25
20
20
11-15
Date
test
began
1-13-70
4-29-70
4-29-70
9-24-70
9-24-70
12-22-71
12-22-71
1-25-72
Date
spawning
started
5-24-70
5-24-70
5-11-70
6-1-71
no
6-18-72
7-4-72
7-14-72
Date
spawning
ended
8-24-70
7-15-70
7-15-70
8-6-71
spawning
9-6-72
1-18-73
8-12-72
Date test
terminated
9-16-70
7-15-70
7-15-70
9-3-71
9-3-71
10-1-72
1-18-73
8-30-72
Range of
temperature
during test
(° C)
0-30
11-30
11-30
0.5-30
0.5-30
0-29
0-29
0-29
Range of
temperature
during spawning
(° C)
16-30
11-30
11-30
17-30
17-30
14-29
14-29
15-29
Percentage
of exposure
time
during test
-
95
95
80
80
60
53a
56
Percentage
of exposure
time
during spawning
-
95
95
93
84K
86b
84

From 12-22-71 to 11-1-72,  after 11-1-72 only the high concentration was dosed.
From 7-4-72 to 11-1-72.

-------
 disease on other fish in the chamber from which the dead  fish were  removed and
 in other chambers of the test at that time.  Within the first month of  exposure,
 38 of 40 fish died in the 561 pg/Z. concentration, and 20 of 40  fish died  in the
 316 pg/Z. concentration.  By the end of the test 100% of  the original fish
 placed in the 561 pg/Z. copper concentration had died, and all but  one  of  a
 second batch of fish placed in that concentration had also died.  By the end
 of the test 75% of the fish at 316 pg/Z. copper had died, and some  deaths  were
 attributable to copper in the 180 pg/Z. copper concentration.  No effect of
 copper on length or weight was found at the end of the test, possibly because
 of the small numbers of fish.

     The first spawning in the test occurred on May 24, 1970, and the last
 spawning occurred on August 24, 1970.  Exposure to copper resulted  in complete
 blockage of spawning at concentrations of 561, 316, and 180 pg/Z. (Table 53).
 Analysis of variance indicated that there was a significant difference  at  the
 0.05 level in eggs per female among the different copper  concentrations.   A
 sequential variant of the Q-test (Hartley, 1955) indicated that  at  the  0.05 level
 the number of eggs per female was significantly different from the  control at
 118 Pg/Z. copper, but not at 66 pg/Z.

     Egg hatchability was not affected at any test concentration of  copper even
 at 561 pg/Z., where all adult fish died.  In 6-10 batches of 50  eggs, better
 than 90% hatch was obtained in all concentrations of copper (6.8 (control)-llS
 pg/Z,,) in which eggs were produced.  Duplicate batches of control eggs
 transferred to all other test concentrations had hatches  of better  than 90%.

     In this test the most sensitive adverse effect was a decrease  in number  of
 eggs per female, and thus the MATC was between 66 and 118 pg copper/Z.

 Fathead Minnow Chronic Test (for Development of Methods)—Test System II—

     The second exposure of fathead minnows in the streamside laboratory was  in
 test system II.  Fathead minnows were exposed to copper for 2 1/2 months,  April
 29, 1970, to July 15, 1970.  Copper was present in the test system  95%  of  the
 time during the test (Table 52).  This test was primarily a methods-development
 test, because it was the first streamside test in which the copper-treated
water from the exposure section of the stream was used for obtaining  the test
 concentrations of copper.  The nominal and measured copper concentrations  are
 shown in Table 48.  The fish used for this test were adults 10-11 months old,
because younger fish would not have been mature enough to spawn.  Temperature
during this test ranged from 11° to 30° C (Table 52) and pH from 8.1  to 8.6.
Hardness ranged from 230 to 346 mg/Z. and alkalinity from 160 to 232  mg/Z., with
means of 307 and 289 mg/Z., respectively.

     There were no copper-related deaths in this test, although a few fish died
as a result of disease in all concentrations.   No effect on growth was  determined
because of the loss of the fish at the termination of the test before they could
be weighed,  measured, or sexed.

     The first fathead minnow spawning occurred on May 5, 1970, after only 26
days of exposure to copper.  The fish spawned in all test concentrations until
the test was terminated.   No effect of copper was apparent on total  number of
eggs, number of spawns,  or eggs per spawn.  The average measured high
concentration for the test was 92 pg/Z. (Table 54).  Egg hatchability,  based  on


                                       152

-------
                       TABLE 53.   SPAWNING  AND  EGG PRODUCTION  BY FATHEAD  MINNOWS IN CHRONIC TEST SYSTEM
Ui
LO
Mean measured
copper
concentration
(VK/1.)
7.2 (control)
6.5 (control)
31
35
64
67
120
116
180
181
313
319
557
565
Duplicate
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Number of
females
during
spawning
9
9
3.5
10
9
3.2
6
10
9
3
3
1
1
0
Number
of
males
2
2
4
2
1
2
7
5
3
1
0
3
0
0
Number
of
spawnings
46
74
38
69
60
52
1
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
Spawnings
per Total Eggs per Eggs per
female eggs spawning female
5.1 7,576 162 842
8.2 13,755 186 1,528
JO. 9 5,218 137 1,491
6.9 9,533 138 953
6.7 7,632 127 848
6.3 5,125 99 621
0.2 88 1
1.3 1,578 121 158
_ _ _ _
- - -
_ _
- - -
_ _

                        Data from Brungs  et_ al_.  (1974).
                        These numbers have been  adjusted to account for those females  that died during the spawning season.

-------
                            TABLE 54.  SPAWNING AND EGG PRODUCTION  BY  FATHEAD  AND  BLUNTNOSE
                                           MINNOWS IN CHRONIC TEST  SYSTEM  II
Ln

Species
Fathead minnow



Bluntnose minnow



Nominal
copper
concentration
(Mg/Z.)
Control A
Control B
30 A
30 B
60 A
60 B
120 A
120 B
Control A
Control B
30 A
30 B
60 A
60 B
120 A
120 B
Mean measured
copper
concentration
(yg/l.)
9.5
4.3
29.0
27.5
49.3
49.7
86.3
97.0
5.4
7.1
28.3
30.2
51.3
52.3
85.7
95.2
Number of
spawnings
34
30
50
12
38
51
4
38
21
5
8
36
37
17
15
10
Total
eggs
6,912
5,072
7,806
2,538
6,018
9,051
349
4,113
2,212
493
536
3,018
4,289
1,731
1,231
611
Eggs per
spawning
203
169
156
211
158
177
87
108
105
98
67
85
115
101
82
61

-------
4^10  batches  of  50 eggs  per  concentration,  was  high for  all  concentrations.
Ninety-one  per cent of all eggs hatched,  and  the  lowest  average  hatch  for  any
copper  concentration was not less  than  87%.

Fathead Minnow Chronic Test  (Intermittent Exposure)—Test  System IV--

      The  third exposure  with fathead  minnows  was  in test system  IV.  The test
was started December 2,  1971,  and  ended October 1,  1972.   The  temperature  during
the test  ranged  from 0°  to 29° C and  the  PH from  8.0 to  8.2.   Hardness  ranged
from  156  to 300  mg/Z-., and alkalinity ranged  from 120  to 230 mg/Z.,  with means
of 258  and  179 mg/Z.., respectively.   The  mean measured copper  concentrations  for
the entire  test  were 91,  47,  and 8.0  yg/Z.  (Table 50).   The  test fish were exposed
to copper 60% of the time during the  entire test  and 84% of  the  time during
spawning  (Table  52).

      No deaths attributable  to copper occurred  during  the  test,  although some
fish  died early  in the test  because of  disease.   Copper  had  no effect on growth
as measured by the size  and  weight of the fish  at the  end  of the test.

      The  first spawning  of the fathead  minnow occurred on  June 18,  1972 and the
last  on September  6,  1974.   The fish  spawned  in all test concentrations.   There
was,  however, a  significant  reduction at  the  0.05 level  in eggs  per  female at
112.5 yg/Z-. copper,  the  average concentration during spawning  (Table 55).  Based
on spawning results,  the safe  concentration for the fathead minnow  in  this test
would have  been  between  112.5  and  59.1  yg/Z-., the average  measured  copper
concentration during spawning  (Table  55).

Bluntnose Minnow Chronic Test  (for Development  of Methods)—Test System II	

      Bluntnose minnows were  exposed for the first time in  test system II.  This
was a methods-development test,  as discussed  earlier for the fathead minnow in
test  system II.  The exposure  conditions  and  water  chemistries for  this test
were  the  same as described for the fathead minnow test in  system II.

      There  were  no  copper-related deaths  in this  test, although  some fish  died
as a  result of disease in all  concentrations.   No effect on growth could be
measured  because of  the  loss of  the fish  at the termination of the test before
they  were weighed, measured, or  sexed.

      The  first spawning  occurred on May 11, 1970,  after  only 13  days of exposure
to copper.  Fish spawned  in all  concentrations  until the test  was terminated.
No effect was apparent on total  eggs, number  of spawns,  or eggs  per  spawn.   The
average measured high concentration of  copper for  the  test was 90 yg/Z-. (Table
54).

      Egg  hatchability based on 5-11 batches of  eggs  per  concentration averaged
86% for all eggs hatched, and  the lowest  average  hatch for any concentration
was 82%.  Success of hatch was not related to copper concentration.

Bluntnose Minnow Chronic  Test  (Intermittent Exposure)—Test System III	

      The  second  exposure  of bluntnose minnows to  copper was in test  system III,
beginning September  24,  1970,  and ending  September 3, 1971.  The  test was
conducted outside during  the spawning period although the fish were  initially


                                        155

-------
       TABLE 55.   SPAWNING AND EGG PRODUCTION BY FATHEAD MINNOWS IN CHRONIC TEST SYSTEM IV

Nominal
copper
concentration
(ug/Z.)
Control A
Control B
60 A
60 B
120 A
120 B
Mean measured
copper
concentration
(ug/Z.)
9.1
6.7
53
41
105
78
Mean measured
copper
concentration
during spawning
(ug/Z.)
8.8

59.1

112.5


Number
of
males
1
1
9
6
2
4
Number of
females
during
spawning
8
7
6
11
6
10

Number
of
spawnings
47
54
35
53
21
24

Spawnings
per
f ema le
5.8
7.7
5.8
8.0
3.5
2.4


Total
eggs
13,714
13,927
5,971
10,271
2,774
4,352


Eggs per
spawning
291
257
170
193
132
181


Eggs per
female
1,714
1,989
995
1,711
462
435
Average for combined duplicates.

-------
exposed inside  the  streamside laboratory during the winter.   The fish were
young-of-the-year from the  early (May-June 1970)  spawn of the year.   The fish
were exposed  to copper 80%  of the  time during this test (Table 52).   The
temperature range during  the  test  was 0.5° to 30° C,  and the pH range was 8.0, to
8.3.  Hardness  ranged  from  220 to  324 mg/Z.,  and  alkalinity  ranged from 156 to
240 mg/Z., with means  of  272  and 189 mg/Z.,  respectively.   The measured copper
concentrations  were 100,  55,  30, and 6.4 yg/Z.  (control) (Table 49).

     Copper had no  effect on  growth or death of the test fish.   Very  few deaths
occurred among  the  bluntnose  minnows in this  test compared  to the number of fish
deaths in the other chronic tests.

     The fish spawned  in  all  test  concentrations  of copper.   The first spawn was
June 1, 1971, and the  final spawn  was August  8, 1971.   During spawning the fish
were exposed  to copper 93%  of the  time (Table 52), with an average high copper
concentration of 107 yg/Z.  (Table  56).   Based on  spawning,  the MATC was above
107 yg/Z.

Bluntnose Minnow Chronic  Test (Extended Spawning)— Test System IV--

     Bluntnose  minnows were exposed for the  third time in test  system IV.   The
test started December  22, 1971,  and ended January 18,  1973.   During the test the
temperature ranged  from 0°  to 29°  C and the  pH  from 7.8 to 8.3.   Hardness  ranged
from 156 to 328 mg/Z.  and alkalinity ranged  from  102  to 230  mg/Z., with means of
255 and 173 mg/Z.,  respectively.   To November 1,  1972,  the average measured copper
concentrations  were 193,  91,  94, 44,  and 10 yg/Z. (Table 50),  and the fish were
exposed to copper 53%  of  the  time  during that period  (Table  52).   After November
the copper concentrations of  94  yg/Z.  and below received only control water, while
the 193 yg/Z. concentration was  dosed intermittently  to determine if  spawning
could be blocked after it had started.

     Deaths attributable  to copper  occurred among the  bluntnose minnows in this
test.  All 20 fish  in  each  duplicate,  at the  193  yg/Z.  concentraton,  died  within
70 days of the  beginning  of the  test.   Of the 15  additional  fish added to  each
duplicate tank,  two  died  in one  tank at 193 yg/Z. copper and three died in the
other before the end of the test.   These deaths also were apparently  due to copper.
The range of the measured copper values during  the entire test  was 78 to 279 yg/Z.
copper for weekly composite samples.   A single  grab sample on June 12,  1972, gave
a value of 320  yg/Z. copper.

     Because the bluntnose  minnows  in most concentrations did not start spawning
well during the  normal spawning  period,  the  test  was  extended after September by
maintaining spawning temperatures and photoperiod (Table 52).   On November 1,
1972, treatment  of  the stream with  copper was stopped.   Since the test system
used copper-treated water from the  exposure area  of the stream to obtain
concentrations  of 94 yg/Z.  and below,  exposure  of fish at those concentrations
was also stopped.  Exposure of fish to  193 yg/Z.  was  also stopped, although the
toxicant-delivery system  used  for  that  concentration depended only on the  flow
of control water.  Eleven days after  copper exposure  stopped,  the bluntnose
minnows in one  tank  of the  193 yg/Z.  concentration (218 yg/Z.  average copper
concentration during the  July 14 to November  1  spawning period)  started to spawn,
and 30 days later the  fish  in the other  tank  began to  spawn.   The spawning
continued in both tanks until  December  21 when  copper  was again introduced.
Spawning stopped in  the 193 yg/Z. chambers the  day after copper introduction and

                                        157

-------
00
              TABLE  56.   SPAWNING  AND EGG PRODUCTION BY BLUNTNOSE MINNOWS IN CHRONIC  TEST SYSTEM  III



Species
Bluntnoso.
minnow






Nominal
copper
c one e.n t r a t io n
(Mg/Z.)
Control A
Control. B
30 A
30 B
60 A
60 B
120 A
120 B
Moan measured
copper
concent ration
(ug/Z.)
6.3
6.5
30.5
30.0
57.3
53.4
102.7
98.1
Mean measured
copper
concentration
during spawning
(ug/Z.)
7.5

32.8

58 -

107


Number
of
males
9
7
4
5
6
11
12
6
Number of
females
during
spawning
9
16
15
19
17
10
12
17

Number
of
spawnings
6
22
29
26
12
28
3
26

LSpawnings
per
female
1.5
1.3
1.9
1.4
0.7
2.8
0.2
1.3


Total
eggs
405
1,283
1,988
2,111
1,100
1,801
62
1,834


Eggs per
soawning
67
58
68
81
91
64
20
70


Eggs per
female
45
80
133
111
64
180
5
107

     Average for combined duplicates.

-------
did not begin again before January 18, 1973, when the test was terminated (Table
57).  The average measured copper concentration during the period,  December 1 to
January 18, was 130 yg/Z,., and the range was from 78 to 195 yg/Z.   The fish in
other concentrations, exposed only to untreated control water, continued to
spawn.  On the basis of spawning and survival, the safe concentration of copper
in this test for bluntnose minnows was between 113 and 193 yg/Z.  since the fish
spawned at an average copper concentration of 113 yg/Z., and spawning could
apparently be blocked at 193 yg/Z. at which concentration death had also occurred
early in the exposure.

     In one tank at 91 yg/Z. copper concentration (113 yg/Z. average copper
concentration during July 14-November 1 spawning period), the fish from the exposure
area had been spawning since July 14, 1972 (Tables 50 and 57).  Analysis of variance
for the eggs-per-female data showed no significant differences among concentrations in
any spawning period.  Thus, the performance of the bluntnose minnows from the
exposure area in the one set of duplicates at 91 yg/ I. copper was  not statistically
different from the fish from the control area used for the set of  duplicates at
94 yg/Z. copper and other test concentrations.  There was, however, poor
duplication at all concentrations.  The fish from the exposure area appeared to
have spawned better.  If they did spawn better, however, it was probably because
they were larger when the test started, had matured earlier, and had started
spawning earlier than the bluntnose minnows from the control area  rather than
because if any increase in resistance owing to previous exposure to copper or the
exposure of their parents.

Green Sunfish Chronic Test—Test System V

     Green sunfish were exposed to copper at the streamside laboratory only in
test system V and in a preliminary spawning study.  In the system V test they
were exposed from January 25, 1972, to August 30, 1972 (Table 52).   The temperature
range during the test was 0-29° C, and the pH ranged from 8.0 to 8.3.  Hardness
ranged from 154 to 325 mg/Z. and alkalinity from 98 to 236 yg/Z-  with means of
264 and 180 mg/Z., respectively.  The measured average copper concentrations were
164, 91, 48, and 8.0 yg/Z. (Table 51).  Copper was added only 56%  of the time
during the entire test period and 84% of the time during spawning.

     No deaths were attributable to copper during the test, but may fish died as
a result of secondary bacterial and fungus infection of wounds suffered during
territorial fighting.  All green sunfish in one control had died before spawning
had started.

     No conclusion on the effect of copper on growth of green sunfish was reached
because of the limited number of fish left at the end of the test.

     Spawning was poor in the 91 yg/Z. copper concentration,  (119 yg/Z. average
spawning concentration, Table 58, spawning probably was not related to copper
concentration.  Spawning in the 164 yg/Z. copper concentration (205 yg/Z. average
spawning concentration) apparently was not different from the control or the 47
yg/Z. copper concentration.  Since fish from the control area were used in the low
concentrations of this test and fish from the exposure area in the high concentrations,
the test was different from the other chronic tests.  Apparently spawning was not
affected in green sunfish that were exposed to copper in the exposure area of the
stream for 2 years and were transferred to the same or a higher concentration.

                                        159

-------
    TABLE  57.   SPAWNING  AND  EGG PRODUCTION BY  BLUNTNOSE  MINNOWS IN
                            CHRONIC TEST SYSTEM  IV
Nominal
copper
concentration
(us/Z.)

Control A
Control B
60 A
60 B
120 A
120 B
120 AE
120 BE
240 A
240 B
Percentage of Mean measured
time of copper Number
during test (pg/Z.) males
Spawning period
86 8.9 6
2
86 59 8
5
86 113 7
8
86 113 1
4
86 218 4
7

Number
of
females
7-14-1972
4
8
8
13
9
6
6
4
9
5
Spawning period 11-1-1972 to
Control A
Control B
60 A
60 B
120 A
120 B
120 AE
120 BE
240 A
240 B
0 NMb 6
2
0 8
5
0 7
8
0 1
4
0 4
7
4
8
8
13
9
6
6
4
9
5
Spawning period 12-21-1972 to
Control A
Control B
60 A
60 B
120 A
120 B
120 AE
120 BE
240 A
240 3

Control A
Control B
60 A
60 B
120 A
120 3
120 AE
120 BE
240 A
240 B
Average value
0 9.5C 6
2
0 8
5
0 7
8
0 1
4
80 130 it
7
Entire spawning
53 --10 6
2
53 XiO 8
5
53 ^60 7
8
53 --65 1
4
53 -VL26 4
7
for combined duplicates.
4
8
8
13
9
6
6
4
9
5

Number
of
spawnings

Spawnings
per
females

Total
eggs

Eggs
per
spawning

Eggs
per
female
to 11-1-1972 (copper)
3
2
1
0
7
1
8
2
0
0
0.8
0.3
0.1
0
0.8
0.2
1.3
0.5
0
0
11
167
63
0
357
7
510
226
0
0
4
4
63
0
51
7
64
113
0
0
3
21
8
0
40
1
85
57
0
0
12-21-1972 (no copper)
0
6
0
6
4
2
10
1
11
7
1-18-1973 (copper
3
3
3
7
1
6
12
5
0
0
0
0.8
0
0.5
0 4
0.3
1.7
0.3
1.2
1.4
240 vt.ll.)
0.8
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.1
1.0
2.0
1.3
0
0
0
541
0
499
61
52
1,356
31
1,041
300

195
334
32
708
22
392
1,915|
452
0
0
0
90
0
83
15
26
136
31
95
43

65
111
11
101
22
65
160
90
0
0
0
68
0
38
7
9
226
8
116
60

49
12
4
55
2
65
319
113
0
0
period, 7-14-1972 to 1-18-1973
^
8
8
13
9
6
6
4
9
5

6
11
4
13
12
9
30
8
11
7

1.5
1.4
0.5
1
1.3
1.5
5.0
2.0
1.2
1.4

206
1,042
95
1,207
440
451
3,778
709
1,041
300

34
95
24
93
36
50
126
89
95
43

51
131
12
92
49
75
629
178
116
60

Not measured - assumed to be backround.
Value for combined duplicate controls A and B.
                                       160

-------
        TABLE  58.   SPAWNING AND EGG PRODUCTION BY GREEN SUNFISH IN CHRONIC  TEST SYSTEM V

Nominal
copper
concentration
(Mg/Z.)
Control A
Control B
60 A
60 B
120 A
120 B
240 A
240 B
Mean measured
copper
concentration
(pg/Z.)
7.1

50.4
45.6
97.3
84.4
166
162
Mean measured
copper
concentration
during
spawning
(yg/Z.)
7
All fish
65

118

205

.6
died
.0

.9

.2

Number
of
males
2

7
7
5
4
5
6
Number of
females
during
spawning
2

2
3
5
5
5
7

Number
of
spawnings
2

2
3
1
0
9
2

Spawnings
per
female
1

1
1
0.2
0
1.8
0.3


Total
eggs
11,548

3,923
7,215
996
0
33,972
6,431


Egg


;s per
spawning
5,

1,
2,


3,
3,
774

961
405
996
0
774
215


Eggs per
female
5,774

1,961
2,405
199
0
6,794
918
Average for combined duplicates.

-------
     In a preliminary spawning test with sunfish the previous year,  longear sunfish
and green sunfish were taken from the exposure area and exposed  to  copper at a
nominal concentration of 120 yg/Z. in test tanks in the laboratory  for  2 weeks
before spawning.  The longear sunfish spawned an average of 1,377 and  1,315 eggs
per.female in duplicate chambers containing seven females in each chamber.   In
that test the green sunfish, treated in the same way as the longear  sunfish,
failed to spawn.  The green sunfish were in 240- by 30- by 30-cm tanks  in this
preliminary test.  Territorial disputes and overcrowding in the  smaller  tanks
were assumed to be the reasons for the lack of green sunfish spawning  in the
preliminary study.

     Egg hatchability, fry growth, and survival studies were attempted  with the
green sunfish eggs and fry from the chronic test in system V.  However,  low
hatchabiblity, because of fungus infection, and poor fry survival in all test
concentrations precluded any conclusion relating to the effect of copper on these
life stages.

Johnny and Fantail Darter Chronic Tests—Test System III—

     The test conditions, copper concentrations, and water quality  characteristics
for johnny darters and fantail darters were the same as those described  for the
bluntnose minnow in test system III (Tables 49 and 52).  The deaths  that occurred
in both species throughout the test were the result of disease and  were  unrelated
to copper.  Neither species spawned in any copper concentration, possibly because
of overcrowding or other unacceptable test conditions.  Analyses of  fish lengths
and weights at the end of the test showed no effect on growth related  to copper
concentration.  Thus, copper had no effect on the growth and survival  of the
darters at a concentration of 107 yg/Z.

Fry Growth and Survival in Streamside Tests —

     The white sucker test was run for 2 months.  After 4 weeks  the  same number of
fry, 33, were alive in control and exposure tanks.  The test was started with a
total of 40 fry for each treatment.  The average length of fry was  20.2  mm for
the combined control duplicates and 16.4 mm for the combined exposure  duplicates.
The 3.8-mm difference was significant at the 0.05 level.  After  8 weeks, survival
was so low in both sets of tanks that the fish were not measured.

     The creek chub test was run for only 4 weeks and terminated because of low
survival in both control and exposure concentrations.  At 2 weeks,  however, all
40 fry were alive in both control and exposure concentrations, and  there was a
significant difference (P=0.05) in length.  The length of fry was 20.7  mm for the
combined control duplicates and 18.6 mm for the exposure duplicates.

DISCUSSION

Newtown Fish Toxicology Station (NFTS) Tests

     The length of time that fathead minnows were exposed to copper before spawning
had no influence on the effect of copper on egg production.  Apparently the
reduction in egg production due to copper is the result of exposure of the sexually
mature fish during the spawning season, i.e., only the spawning  season is the
critical time of copper exposure.
                                      162

-------
     The results of  this chronic  study were  in  excellent agreement with  those
reported by Mount  (1968).   In both  studies the  fathead minnow was exposed  to copper
in a standard  (200 mg/Zc, hardness)  water  at  the NFTS laboratory.  Mount  found  that
a copper concentration of 33 yg/Z.  completely blocked spawning and that  a  copper
concentration  of 14.5 yg/Z. had no  effect on spawning.  In  the present study a
measured copper concentration of  37 yg/Z. significantly (P=0.05) reduced egg
production, and the  effect  of a copper concentration of 12  yg/Z. was not
significantly  (P=0.05) different  from the control.  The intermediate concentration
of 24 yg/Z. in this  test also was not significantly (P=0.05) different from the
controls.

     The 96-hr LC50  values  for the  acute  tests  in this study were also in
excellent agreement  with the value  reported  by  Mount (1968).  The 96-hr  LC50
value was 460  yg/Z.  copper  for subadult fish and 490 yg/Z.  copper for 6-week-old
fry.  The mean 96-hr LC50 reported  by Mount  for three tests with adult minnows
was 470 yg/Z.  copper.  Thus the application  factor that lies between 0.05  and
0.08, based upon a MATC value between 37  and 24 yg/Z. and a continuous-flow 96-hr
LC50 value of  460 yg/Z. found in  this study, was in excellent agreement with the
application factor reported by Mount (1968)  that lies between 0.03 and 0.08,
based upon a MATC value between 33.0 and  14.5 yg/Z. and a continuous-flow  96-hr
LC50 value of  470 yg/Z.

     Although  the "unsafe"  copper concentration was similar in the two studies,
Mount (1968) found no spawning in 33 yg/Z. whereas in the present study  only
41% reduction  in eggs per female  in 37 yg/Z. was found.  The difference may be
due in part to the use of many more females  in  the present  study.  In chronic
studies of this design, production  of the individual female (except for  zero eggs
per female) cannot be quantified  because  only the mean of eggs per female  per
exposure chamber is  determined.   Mount (1968) exposed a total of eight females in
the duplicate  chambers, whereas 68  females were exposed in  six exposure chambers
in this study.  Perhaps the large sample  size was responsible for the graded
effect, and the small samples size  gave an all-or-none response.

     Although  the MATC value for  copper was  in  agreement with the value reported
by Mount, analyses of the results of the  study  were similar to Mount's
because the data for all three exposures  could  be combined—six exposure chambers
per concentration.   If the  analyses of variance had shown the results for  the
three exposures to copper to have been different, the data  from each would have
been analyzed  separately.   In that  case the  MATC values for the individual
exposures would have been greater than the MATC found by Mount.  Thus, with only
a duplicate the ability of  the test to detect statistically significant
differences was lessened.   The MATC values for  the individual chronic tests were
between 38 and 59 yg/Z.  copper, 36  and 58 yg/Z. copper, and 38 and 62 yg/Z. copper
for the 6-month,  3-month, and 0-month pre-spawning exposures, respectively.
These values are about two  times  higher than the MATC value when the data  for  the
three tests are combined.

Streamside Tests

     The effects of  copper  on survival, growth, and reproduction of fathead and
bluntnose minnows, green sunfish,  and two species of darters as determined in
the streamside chronic tests are  summarized  in  Table 59.  In general, copper had
no effect on growth  or egg hatchability.   Effects on reproduction were the most
sensitive indicator  of toxic effects of copper  studied in the chronic tests.


                                      163

-------
                        TABLE  59.   SUMMARY OF STREAMSIDE CHRONIC TEST  DATA
Chronic
test
system Species
Measured
copper
concentration
Mortality (pg/I.)
Measured
copper
concentration
Growth (pg/£.)
Measured
copper
concentration
Spawning (ug/7,.)
Measured
copper
Eggs per concentration
female (iig/l.)
Measured
copper
Egg concentration
hatchability (jjg/Z.)
I Fathead minnow
II Fathead minnow
Bluntnose minnow
III Bluntnose minnow
Darters
IV Fathead minnow
Bluntnose minnow
100%
25%
Slight
No effect
No effect
No effect
No effect
No effect
100%
561
316
181
92
91
100
100
91
193
Insufficient data
No data
(specimens lost)
No
No effect
No effect
No effect
No effect
data
100
100
100
193
Blocked
No effect
No effect
No effect
Did not
No effect
Blocked
561
316
181
92
91
107
spawn
113
218
Reduced 118
No data
(specimens lost)
No data
No effect 107

Reduced 113
No effect 113
                                                                                                          No effect     561
                                                                                                          No effect
                                                                                                          No effect
                                                                                                                        92
                                                                                                                        91
                                                                                                                 Not done
                                                                                                                 Not done




                                                                                                                 Not done
Green sunfish
                 No effect    164
                                          Insufficient data     No effect    205
                                                                                    No effect
                                                                                                 205
                                                                                                             Insufficient data

-------
Higher concentrations killed fish.  A possible effect on fry growth at
exposure-water concentrations of copper was indicated in the tests on fry growth
and survival.

     The statistical analysis of eggs-per-female data showed that in the fathead
minnow chronic test in system I at 65 yg/Z. copper, and in the fathead minnow
chronic test in system IV at 59 yg/Z. copper  (the average copper concentration
during spawning), egg production of the fathead minnows was not different from
the control.  At 118 yg/Z. copper in the test in system I and at 112 yg/Z. in the
test in system IV, egg production was significantly different (P=0.05).  The
close agreement of these values indicates that there is little difference
between the effect of continuous exposure to copper, as in test system I at an
average concentration of 118 yg/Z. copper, and the effect of intermittent
exposure to copper at an average concentration of 112 yg/Z. copper during
spawning, as in test system IV.  These results are also in general agreement with
the laboratory fathead minnow study on the effects of different lengths of
exposure to copper before spawning, which showed that the effect of copper is an
acute effect on egg production during spawning.  The fathead minnows in test
system IV were exposed to copper less than 60% of the time before spawning.

     Although results of streamside fathead minnow chronic tests in test systems
I and IV indicate that the number of eggs per female was reduced between 66 and
118 yg/Z. copper and 59 and 112 yg/Z., respectively, the results of bluntnose
minnow tests in systems III and IV indicate that reproduction of the bluntnose
minnow was not reduced between copper concentrations of 58 and 107 yg/Z. and
59 and 113 yg/Z., respectively.  These results contrast with the results of acute
mortality tests with both stream and laboratory water, in which bluntnose minnows
were more sensitive to copper than fathead minnows.  It also contrasts with
results of the chronic tests in which the extended mortality was greater for the
bluntnose minnows.  In the bluntnose minnow chronic test in system IV; at 193
yg/Z. average copper concentration, all of the bluntnose minnows died within 70
days.  In the fathead minnow test in system I, only a few fish died at 181 yg/Z.
copper.  The results also disagree with those of a just-completed bluntnose
minnow chronic toxicity test with copper in the NFTS laboratory that appears to
show a graded response to increasing copper concentrations and an effect on eggs
per female in the same range of copper concentrations as that found for the
fathead minnow in the laboratory.  The apparent reversal of the order of sensitivity
in the streamside chronic tests in relation to the effect of copper on
reproduction possibly results from a difference in the ability to detect a change
in reproduction in the two species with the design of the test.  A bluntnose
minnow spawn averages about half the number of eggs in a fathead minnow spawn,
and the number of eggs per spawn appears to be more variable.  Thus a difference
in number of eggs would be more difficult to detect in bluntnose minnows than
in fathead minnows.   Also, the spawning conditions in the streamside tests may
not have been optimum for bluntnose minnow spawning.

     In the streamside chronic tests green sunfish were more resistant  than
bluntnose and fathead minnows.  Green sunfish spawned at an exposure concentration
of 164 yg/Z. copper and an average 205 yg/Z. copper concentration during
spawning.  This order of sensitivity agrees with that found in acute mortality
tests with sunfish and minnows in NFTS standard (200 mg/Z. hardness) water and
stream water.

     In the streamside chronic tests apparently there was a seasonal difference
in mortality related to water quality.  Most of the deaths attributable to

                                       165

-------
copper in the fathead minnow chronic test in system I and the bluntnose minnow
chronic test in system IV occurred near a copper concentration of 190 yg/Z.  or
higher and during winter and early spring when acute static tests generally
indicated increased copper toxicity.  This may have been a result of the  initial
loss of the most sensitive individuals in the test population.  However,  in  the
bluntnose minnow chronic test in system IV, only 5 of the 30 bluntnose minnows
in the second batch died when placed in the high concentration of copper,  193
yg/Z., as compared to the death of all 40 in the initial batch.  The presence
of smaller amounts of detoxifying materials, which decrease the toxicity  of  copper,
at this time would explain the difference in survival of the two batches  of  fish.
No acute tests, however, were run concurrently with the bluntnose minnow  chronic
test in system IV.

     The MATC values for copper in the streamside fathead minnow chronic  tests
systems I and IV were between 65 and 117 yg/Z. copper and between 59 and  112 yg/Z.
copper, respectively.  These MATC's were different from the MATC of between  24
and 37 yg/Z. found in this study and the MATC of between 14.5 and 33 yg/Z. copper
found by Mount (1968) in constant-quality NFTS standard (200 mg/Z. hardness) test
water and the MATC value of between 11 and 18 yg/Z. copper in constant-quality
(30 rag/I. hardness) water determined by Mount and Stephan (1969).  In fathead
minnow streamside chronic tests in test systems I and IV, the average hardness was
274 and 272 mg/l., respectively.  The change in hardness from 200 to 270  mg/Z.
probably did not raise the MATC by a factor of four for the streamside tests.  The
higher values for the streamside chronic tests probably represented detoxification
of copper by a complexing or preciptiating agent in the stream water.  As
suggested by the affects of water quality on the acute tests, some detoxifying
agent from the sewage treatment plant may have been responsible for the
detoxification of the copper.

     The average of the eight lowest total copper LC50 values (arbitrarily one-third
of the total number of values), from the acute toxicity tests w^ith -fathead minnows in
stream water was 1.2 mg/Z. copper.  The application factor ranges, calculated from
the 96-hr static LC50 value of 1.2 mg/l. copper and the MATC values for fathead
minnows in streamside chronic tests in test systems I and IV, were 0.05 to 0.10
and 0.05 to 0.09, respectively.  These are in good agreement with the values
found by Mount (1968) and those found in this study for constant-quality  NFTS
standard (200 mg/Z. hardness) water.

     The application factor ranges of 0.05 to 0.10 and 0.05 to 0.09 for the
continuous exposure of fathead minnows to copper in varying-quality water in test
system I and for the intermittent exposure of fathead minnows to copper in
varying-quality water in test system IV are also within the overall range of
application factors of 0.02 to 0.24 found with fathead minnows, brook trout, and
bluegills in continuous laboratory exposures in different constant-quality soft
waters (Mount and Stephan, 1969; McKim and Benoit, 1971; Benoit, 1975).
                                       166

-------
                           PART  D  —  GENERAL  DISCUSSION


                                   SECTION XV

                                GENERAL DISCUSSION


     The field  study  indicated  that  the fish in  Shayler  Run,  except  for  the
orangethroat darter,  were  adversely  affected in  some manner  by  the addition  of
120yg/Z-. of copper to  the stream.   Death, avoidance, and  restricted spawning
were the direct  effects found.  Fish deaths  were observed  only  during a  1-week
period beginning 7 days after initial introduction  of copper, when a total of
62 fish  (7 species) were observed dead.   The number of fish  killed was probably
greater than the number recorded, however, because  crayfish  were  observed eating
dead fish.  These early deaths  were  probably the result  of sudden stress on  the
populations, which killed  the most sensitive individuals.

     Within the  first 48 hr after initial addition  of copper, bluntnose  minnows
and, to a lesser degree, stonerollers responded  by  moving  downstream out of  the
exposure area.   During  the week after the initial copper introduction, streamside
observations also indicated that  an  avoidance  reaction to  copper  occurred with
some species of  fish.   Large numbers,  mainly striped shiners, stonerollers,
bluntnose minnows, and  a few sunfish and  darters, were found  congregating in
areas where the  copper  concentration was  less  than  100 yg/Z-.  as a result of
the influx of spring  or tributary water.  As the stream  warmed  in the spring,
bluntnose minnows, stonerollers,  striped  shiners, rainbow  darters, and fantail
darters began a  mass  exodus from  the exposure  area  onto  the  downstream screens.
This coincided with the onset of  sexual maturation  and spawning activity
for the latter four species.

     Copper adversely affected  almost every  common  species of fish that  spawned
in the exposure  or recovery areas by restricting the areas in which  they could
spawn.  The single exception was  the orangethroat darter,  which spawned
throughout both  the control and exposure  areas during the  three seasons  that
copper was added to Shayler Run.  During  the exposure period bluntnose minnows
spawned only in  the lower  exposure area where  the total  copper  concentration
averaged 60 yg/Z- and ranged from 35 to 77 pg/Z-., even though they had spawned
throughout the exposure area before  the introduction of  copper.   Green sunfish
and longear sunfish spawned throughout  the exposure area during the  spawning
period before the introduction  of copper, but  in the succeeding 3 years  these
fish were limited to  spawning areas  where the  copper concentration was 90 yg/Z-.
or less.  An additional indication of  apparent reproductive impairment by copper
was a sevenfold  reduction  in the  number of fry in the exposure  area.

     The macroinvertebrate populations  in the  exposure area were  generally
reduced by copper.  Four of the five most abundant  forms,  scuds,  sowbugs,
mayflies, and riffle beetles, were essentially eliminated.   Chironomids were the one
group that was not adversely affected;  they  flourished in  the exposure area.
Even though a dietary shift was evidenced by the green sunfish  and the
orangethroat darter, indirect effects  on  the fish populations through  effects
on the aquatic food chain  could not  be demonstrated.
                                       167

-------
     Results of the field studies were consistent from year to year,  considering
the variations  in stream flow, the varying amounts of time that copper was
actually being added to the stream, and other unmeasured factors.  Each  year
the fish populations generally declined, the macroinvertebrate populations were
reduced or essentially eliminated, and the fish spawning was generally eliminated
or reduced in the exposure area throughout the exposure period.  Each of the
various types of fish and macroinvertebrate collections complemented  one another,
showing essentially the same overall effect of copper on the biota of Shayler Run.

     A wide range in sensitivity to copper was apparent in the different fish
species.  However, the relative order of sensitivity may have changed with
changes in water quality or season.  The bluegill was always the most resistant
species.  In general, the 96-hr LC50 values of most of the common stream species
were lower than, but similar to that of the fathead minnow.

     The acute bioassay results at both the Newtown Fish Toxicology Station
(NFTS) and the streamside laboratories varied because of water quality variations
of Shayler Run water.  The 24-hr LC50 values varied from a high of 22 mg/Z. to
a low of 0.57 mg/Z. for the bluntnose minnow.  At the test temperature of 24° C,
very few additional fish died after the first 24 hr.  Even with the steady
low-stream flow during October 1969 and the resulting steady water quality of
alkalinity and hardness, the LC50 values varied from 22 to 0.75 mg/Z..  The 96-hr
LC50 values of total copper for the fathead minnow varied from 23.6 to' 0.92
mg/Z..; the 7-day LC50 values varied from 23.6 to 0.56 mg/Z-.  Thus the acute
toxicity based on total copper in Shayler Run water varied about fortyfold for
both species.  In the initial toxicity tests with Shayler Run water,  it  was
apparent that not only was there great variation in copper toxicity,  but also
that toxicity was less (LC50 values higher) than would be predicted on the
basis of hardness, alkalinity, and pH of the stream water.  This low  toxicity
was verified by more tests with the bluntnose and the fathead minnows.   The
mean 96-hr LC50 value of total copper to the fathead minnow was 8.9 mg/Z-. in
Shayler Run water, with a mean hardness of 271 mg/Z-. and mean alkalinity of
183 mg/Z-.  This mean value was much higher than the 96-hr LC50 value  of  1.8
mg/Z-. reported by Pickering and Henderson  (1965) in a dilution water  that was
higher in both hardness and alkalinity.

     On the other hand, the variation of LC50 values of dissolved copper tested
in Shayler Run water was much less than the variation of total copper values.
For the bluntnose minnow, the dissolved copper 24-hr LC50 values varied  only
from 0.42 to 0.30 mg/Z-., whereas the 96-hr LC50 values for the fathead minnow,
tested at ambient stream temperatures, varied from 1.4 to 0.52 mg/Z.  The
constancy and smallness of these dissolved copper LC50 values, as compared to
total copper values, indicate that insoluble copper, as measured, is  relatively
nontoxic.  However, this does not mean that all copper that passes through a
0.45-micron filter is equally toxic since  the copper associated with
pyrophosphate that passes through the filter is not as toxic as other forms of
copper that are present in the dissolved copper fraction.

     It was suspected that the Shayler Run sewage treatment plant was discharging
materials that were detoxifying copper in  Shayler Run water.  Bioassays,  using
diluent water from above and below the entrance of the effluent, indicated that
copper was much less toxic in Shayler Run water below the plant.  Additional
toxicity tests, in which Shayler Run water was diluted with a reconstituted water
similar in hardness and alkalinity, indicated that the reduction in toxicity was


                                       168

-------
not due to changes in hardness or alkalinity, but to some other detoxifying agent
or agents being diluted.

     Effluents from sewage treatment plants normally contain substantial
concentrations of phosphates.  Most of the total phosphorus measured in Shayler
Run was orthophosphate.  Orthophosphates react with copper to form an insoluble
complex.  Stepwise regression analyses indicated that there is a significant
(P=0.01) correlation of total copper LC50 values and total phosphorous
concentrations for both the fathead minnow and bluntnose minnow.  Because this
does not necessarily indicate a cause-effect relationship of high LC50 values
and high phosphate concentrations, tests were conducted to determine the effect
of added phosphates on the toxicity of copper.  Results indicated that the added
phosphates reduced the toxicity of total copper in both standard water and
Shayler Run water.  It is probable that the reduced toxicity of total copper in
Shayler Run was due in part to the added phosphates from the sewage treatment
plant.

     Estimation of an unsafe level of copper (120 yg/Z.) on spawning in the
stream, by extrapolating from results of laboratory chronic tests with fathead
minnows and acute tests with fathead minnows and stream species in
constant-quality NFTS standard (200 mg/Z. hardness) water, was in agreement with
results found for the minnow species in the stream.  None of the minnow species
spawned very successfully in the exposure area during the exposure period.
Striped shiners and creek chubs were observed in prespawning activities in the
exposure area, but no spawning was observed.  A few bluntnose minnow eggs were
observed in the extreme lower end of the exposure area.   The average copper
concentration during spawning seasons for the 3 years of exposure was
approximately 106 yg/Z. in the upper exposure area at station 3 and 60 yg/Z.  in
the lower exposure area at station 6.

     The results of the streamside bluntnose minnow laboratory chronic tests
were not in close agreement with the predicted unsafe concentration or with what
occurred in the stream.  The bluntnose minnow in the streamside tests spawned
in water from the exposure area as well as in the control water.  Spawning of the
bluntnose minnow was blocked in 218 yg/Z.  copper in the extended chronic test
in test system IV.  This concentration was approximately two to three times the
predicted unsafe level of copper and two to three times the concentration at
which some bluntnose minnow spawns occurred in the exposure area.  The reason for
this apparent lack of agreement is not known.  Considering however,  that a
0.5 dilution factor was used for the test concentrations and that spawning was
completely blocked at 218 yg/Z.,  there may have been a partial effect at some
intermediate concentration which was not tested.  The actual unsafe concentration
in the chronic test may have been lower than 218 yg/Z.  and nearer the 120 yg/Z.,
the predicted unsafe concentration.   Additionally,  other biological and
physical factors in the stream that were not present in the streamside chronic
tests may have had adverse effects on bluntnose minnow spawning.
                                     169

-------
     The spawning observations on the green sunfish and longear sunfish in the
stream suggest an effect of copper on spawning other than an effect on egg
production.  The green sunfish spawned at 205 yg/Z. copper during the spawning
period in the chronic test in test system V, and the longear sunfish spawned at
107 yg/Z. in a preliminary test.  In the stream they were not observed to spawn
at copper concentrations above approximately 90 yg/Z.  The streamside laboratory
tests and the predictions from the laboratory acute tests indicate that green
sunfish could spawn at the highest concentration of copper in the exposure area.
Since both sunfish species had spawned throughout the exposure area before the
introduction of copper, the apparent restriction of the spawning area was possibly
a behavioral response, which would not have been found or predicted from the
chronic tests.  Because there were effects in the stream not measured in the
laboratory tests, these tests tended to underestimate the toxicity of copper in
the stream.  Based on extrapolation between species from a continuous to an
intermittent exposure and from constant-quality to varying-quality water, the
choice of 120 yg/Z. was a relatively good estimate of the actual toxic copper
concentration observed in the streamside laboratory chronic tests and in the
stream.

     The application-factor hypotheses as proposed by Mount and Stephan (1967) is
a conceptual tool for estimating long-term safe conditions for fish.  The
application factor is defined as the maximum acceptable toxicant concentration
(MATC) determined from a chronic toxicity test divided by the acute 96-hr LC50
value.  They suggested that the application factor that is experimentally
determined for a specific toxicant and species of fish might be applicable to
the same toxicant and to other species of fish in other kinds of water.

     This study on Shayler Run gave us an excellent opportunity to develop
information concerning the usefulness of the application-factor concept as applied
to a natural stream.  The variable acute toxicity results found in Shayler Run
water illustrate a practical problem in estimating safe concentrations of
pollutants whose acute toxicity varies with water quality.  The LC50 value to be
used for estimating safe concentrations is important.  Brungs et a1. (1976)
discuss the problems of calculating an application factor for copper from toxicity
tests with the fathead minnow in a water of variable quality.  They calculated an
application factor of 0.04-0.07 based on low total copper LC50 values and an
application factor of 0.07-0.13 based on dissolved copper measurements.  They
conclude that if dissolved metal concentrations were used to calculate mortality
results and application factors, the predictive ability of the factors would
improve.

     The use of the application factor of copper for predicting safe
concentrations for the bluntnose minnow in Shayler Run is also complicated by the
variable water quality which causes varying acute toxicity values.  For a series
of toxicity tests, (Table 20) the LC50 values varied from 21 to 0.57 mg Cu/l.,
with a mean LC50 value of 7.9 mg Cu/l.  Applying the application factor of
0.05-0.08 (found in our standard water test) to the mean total copper LC50 value
would give an estimated safe concentration of 400-630 yg/Z,  The high,
concentration was found to be lethal during water quality conditions of low
detoxifying conditions.  Using the minimum total copper LC50 value of 0.57 mg/Z-.
the estimated safe concentration in Shayler Run would be 29-47 yg Cu/l.
                                      170

-------
     On the basis of the relative sensitivity tests, the estimated safe
concentrations for many of the common stream species is similar to that calculated
for the bluntnose minnow.  The estimated safe concentration for the sunfish,
however, would be much higher.  Using the application factor of 0.07-0.13 based
on dissolved copper measurements, the estimated safe concentration for the
sunfish is  300-560  yg  Cu/l.    (dissolved) based on  the mean dissolved copper
96-hr LC50 value of 4.3 mg Cull, for the bluegill.

     Because of the effluent from the sewage treatment plant,  Shayler Run probably
has higher concentrations of materials  that detoxify copper than would be found
in most bodies of water.  Thus, the variation in  acute toxicity of copper
probably is greater than would be found in many streams.   The  water quality
studies emphasize, however, the importance of varying water quality in predicting
safe concentrations for aquatic life.
                                     171

-------
                                    REFERENCES

American Public Health Association.  1965.  Standard methods for the examination
of water and wastewater.  12th ed.  New York.  769 p.

American Public Health Association.  1971.  Standard methods for the examination
of water and wastewater.  13th ed.  New York.  874 p.

American Society for Testing and Materials.  1971.  Annual book of ASTM standards.
Part 32:  Methods for emission spectrochemical analyses.  Philadelphia, Penn.  1106 p.

Anderson, J. B., and W. T. Mason, Jr.  1968.  A comparison of benthic
macroinvertebrates collected by dredge and basket sampler.  J. Water Poll. Control
Fed.  40:252-259.

Bailey, R. M., J. E. Fitch, E. S. Herald, E. A. Lachner, C. C. Lindsey, C. R.
Robins, and W. B. Scott.  1970.  A list of common and scientific names of fishes
from the United States and Canada.  Am. Fish. Soc. Spec. Pub. No. 6.  150 p.

Benoit, D. A.  1975.  Chronic effects of copper on survival, growth, and
reproduction of the bluegill  (Lepomis macrochirus).   Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
104:353-358.

Breder, C. M. Jr., and Donn. E. Rosen.  1966.  Modes of reproduction in fishes.
The Natural History Press, Garden City, New York.  941 p.

Brungs, W. A., J. R. Geckler, and M. Gast.  1976.  Acute and chronic toxicity
of copper to the fathead minnow in a  surface water of variable quality.  Water
Res.  10:37-43.

Brungs, W. A., E. N. Leonard, and J. M. McKim.  1973.  Acute and long term
accumulation of copper by the brown bullhead, Ictalurus nebulosus.  J. Fish.
Res. Board Can.  30:583-586.

Brungs, W. A., and D. I. Mount.  1970.  A water delivery system for small fish-
holding tanks.  Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.  99:799-802.
                                    I

Clay, C. H.  1961.  Design of fishways and other fish facilities.  Dept. Fisheries
of Canada, Ottawa.  301 p.

Dixon,  W. J. (ed.)  1974.  Analyses of variance for factorial design, p. 607-662.
BMD—Biomedical Computer Programs.  Univ. California Press, Berkeley, Calif.

Eaton,  J. G.  1970.  Chronic malathion toxicity to the bluegill  (Lepomis
macrochirus Rafinesque).  Water Res.  4:673-684.

                                        172

-------
  inney,  D.  J.   1971.   Statistical  method  in  biological  assay.  Cambridge University
 Press,  London.   333  p.

  unk, J. L.   1957.   Tbe Missouri Conservation  Commission's  electric  seine.   Iowa
 State Conservation Commission,  Iowa  Cooperative Fisheries Research Unit-March,
 -L ./-J / •

 Guenther, W.  C.   1964.  Analysis of  variance.  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  Englewood Cliffs,
 N.J.  199 p.

 Hartley, H. 0.   1955.  Some  recent developments in  analysis of variance.   Commun.
 Pure Appl.  Math.  8:47-72.

 Ivlev, V. S.  1961.  Experimental  ecology of feeding  of fishes.  Yale
 University  Press, Inc., New  Haven, Conn.

 Larimore, R.  W.,  W.  F. Childers, and C. Heckrotte.   1959.   Destruction and
 re-establishment  of  stream fish and  invertebrates affected  by  drought.  Trans.
 Am. Fish. Soc.   88:261-285.

 Mason, W. T.  Jr., J. B. Anderson,  R.  D. Kries, and  W. C. Johnson.   1970.   Artificial
 substrate sampling,  macroinvertebrates  in a  polluted  reach  of  the Klamath  River,
 Oregon.  J. Water Poll. Control Fed.  42:R315-R328.

 Mason, W. T.  Jr., J. B. Anderson,  and G.  E.  Morrison.   1967.   A  limestone-filled
 artificial  substrate sampler-float unit for  collecting  macroinvertebrates  from
 large streams.  Prog. Fish-Cult.   29:74.

 Mason, W. T.. and P. P. Yevish.  1967.  The  use of  phloxine band rose  bengal stains
 to facilitate sorting benthic samples.  Trans. Am.  Micro. Soc.  86:221-223.

 McAllister, W. A. Jr., W. L. Mauch,  and T. L. Mayer.  1972.  A simplified  device
 for metering  chemicals in intermittent-flow  bioassays.  Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
 101:555-557.

 McKim, J. M., and D. A. Benoit.  1971.  Effects of  long-term exposures  to  copper
 on the survival,  growth, and reproduction of brook  trout (Salvelinus fontinalis).
 J. Fish. Res. Board  Can.  28:655-662.

 Merna, J. W., and P. J. Eisele.  1973.  The  effects of methoxychlor on aquatic
 biota!  Ecological Research  Series No. EPA-R3-73-046.  U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Duluth, Minnesota.  59 p.

Mount, D. I.  1968.  Chronic toxicity of  copper to fathead minnows (Pimephales
 promelas Rafinesque).  Water Res.  2:215-223.

Mount, D. I., and W. A. Brungs.  1967.  A  simplified dosing apparatus for  fish
 toxicological studies.  Water Res.   1:21-29.

Mount, D. I., and C.  E. Stephan.   1967.   A method for establishing acceptable
 toxicant limits for fish-malathion and the butoxyethanol ester of 2,4-D.   Trans.
Am.  Fish. Soc.  92:185-193.

                                      173

-------
Mount, D. I., and C. E. Stephen.  1969.  Chronic toxicity of copper to the fathead
minnow (Pimephales promelas) in soft water.  J. Fish. Res. Board Can.  26:2449-2457.

Patchett, G. G., and G. H. Batchelder.  1960.  Determination of trithion crop
residues by cholinesterase inhibition measurement.  J. Agr. Food Chem.  8:54-57.

Pickering, Q. H., and C. Henderson.  1965.  The acute toxicity of some heavy metals
to different species of warm water fishes.  Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind.  Ext. Ser.
17:578-591.

Smith, W. E.  1975.  Breeding and culture of two sunfish, Lepomis cyanellus and
L_. megalotis, in the laboratory.  Prog. Fish-Cult.  37:227-229.

Sprague, J. B., and D. E. Drury.  1969.  Avoidance reactions of salmonid fish  to
representative pollutants, p. 169-179.  In S. H. Jenkins  (ed.)  Advances in water
pollution research.  Pergamon Press, New York, N.Y.

Stary, J.  1964.  The solvent extraction of metal chelates.  The MacMillan Co.,
New York,  N.Y.  254 p.

Stephan, C. E., and D. I. Mount.  1973.  Use of toxicity  tests with fish in water
pollution control, p. 164-177.  In John Cairns, Jr., and  K. L. Dickson (ed.)
Biological methods for assessment of water quality.   Spec. Tech. Pub. 528.  American
Society  for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Penn.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1971.  Methods for organic pesticides in
water and waste-water.  National Environmental Research Center, Analytical Quality
Control  Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.  52 p.

U.S. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration.  1969.  Federal Water
Pollution Control Administration methods for chemical analysis of water and wastes.
Cincinnati, Ohio.  280 p.

U.S. Geological Survey.  1970.  Water resources data for  Ohio.  Part 1:  Surface
water records.  Washington, B.C.

U.S. Geological Survey.  1971.  Water resources data for  Ohio.  Part 1:  Surface
water records.  Washington, B.C.

U.S. Geological Survey.  1972.  Water resources data for  Ohio.  Part 1:  Surface
water records.  Washington, B.C.
                                      174

-------
                                   APPENDICES


Table                                                                       Page

 1    Shayler  Run Discharge at Gaging Weir,  1968-72   	   176

 2    Monthly  Temperatures  for Shayler Run,  1970-72   	   177

 3    Monthly  pH in Shayler Run,  1970-73  .  .  .  „	„  .  .   178

 4    Alkalinity of Shayler Run,  1970-73	   179

 5    Hardness of Shayler Run, 1970-73 	   180

 6    Dissolved Oxygen Content of Shayler Run,  1970-73  	   181

 7    Chemical Characteristics of Shayler Run Water  Based  on
      Weekly Grab Samples and  Expressed as Monthly Means,  1968-72   	   182

 8    Chemical Characteristics for Shayler Run  Based on Weekly Grab
      Samples  and Expressed as Monthly Means, 1970-73  	   187

 9    Metal Concentrations  in  Shayler Run, 1968-72  	   190
                                      175

-------
              APPENDIX TABLE  1.   SHAYLER RUN DISCHARGE AT  GAGING WEIR,  1968-72a
                                  (IN CUBIC METERS  PER SECOND)
Month
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Yearly
1968
Mean Maximum Minimum Mean
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.061 0.283 0.012 0
0.014 0.031 0.010 0
0.016 0.027 0.010 0
0.056 0.368 0.018 0
0.297 2.322 0.034 0
0
.408
.210
.153
.552
.317
.037
.033
.038
.026
.017
.144
.191
.189
1969
Maximum Minimum
4.
1.
1.
2.
1.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
2.
2.
4.
248
076
218
152
982
105
340
241
105
042
294
180
248
0.014
0.079
0.048
0.093
0.042
0.014
0.011
0.011
0.010
0.013
0.022
0.045
0.010
Mean
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.294
.498
.799
.985
.239
.051
.057
.108
.032
.077
.131
.498
.394
1970
Maxinum
3.143
2.549
3.568
18.887
1.444
0.187
0.453
0.821
0.139
0.340
0.708
3.936
18.887
Minimum
0.048
0.085
0.082
0.085
0.028
0.017
0.018
0.014
0.018
0.021
0.042
0.048
0.014
Mean
0.428
1.354
0.657
0.118
0.280
0.052
0.045
0.079
0.524
0.068
0.101
0.799
0.377
1971
Maximum
4.021
6.768
2.917
0.425
1.897
0.190
0.178
0.425
2.152
0.113
0.708
4.870
6.768
Minimum
0.057
0.051
0.142
0.051
0.051
0.023
0.020
0.020
0.034
0.048
0.045
0.102
0.020
1972
Mean Maximum Minimum
0.416 1.614 0.079
0.600 2.265 0.068
0.847 3.908 0.198
1.065 5.154 0.165
0.685 3.341 0.057
0.180 2.039 0.028
0.041 0.113 0.022
0.030 0.190 0.018
0.124 1.189 0.015




Peak instantaneous discharge 67.961 m^/sec, April 2, 1970.

-------
APPENDIX TABLE 2.   MONTHLY TEMPERATURES FOR SHAYLER RUN,  1970-72
                    (IN DEGREES CENTIGRADE)

Month
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Mean
1
2
5
12
20
23
24
23
21
13
8
5
1970
Maximum
2
7
9
23
28
30
30
28
26
19
13
13
Minimum
0
0
1
3
11
16
18
19
16
8
1
0.5
Mean
1
2
6
13
17
24
24
22
20
15
9
7
1971
Maximum
5
8
14
21
26
30
29
27
29
24
19
14
Minimum
0.5
0
0
5
10
18
18
17
14
10
4
3
Mean
6
4
6
14
18
19
23
23
20
14
9
7
1972
Maximum
13
8
12
21
24
26
29
28
24
20
15
11
Minimum
1
0
2
10
12
14
17
18
15
7
5
4

-------
                                APPENDIX TABLE 3.  MONTHLY pH - IN SHAYLER RUN,  1970-73C
00

Month
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1970
Minimum Maximum
7.7
7.7
7.5
7.6
8.0
8.0
7.9
8.1
8.0
7.7
8.0
7.9
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.3
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.5
8.3
8.2
8.3
1971
Minimum Maximum
7.9
7.9
7.7
7.9
7.8
8.0
8.0
8.1
8.0
8.1
8.1
8.0
80
. Z
8.2
8.1
8.1
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.5
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
1972
Minimum Maximum
8.1
7.9
7.9
7.9
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.6
8.3
8.2
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.4
8.4
8.3
8.2
8.0
8.0
8.2
1973
Minimum Maximum
7.9 8.2
7.8 8.1
8.0 8.4
8.0 8.3
8.0 8.8








             Sampling occurred between 8:00 and 10:00 a.m.

-------
                 APPENDIX  TABLE 4.  ALKALINITY  OF SHAYLER  RUN, 1970-73"
                                    (IN  mg/Z.. AS  CaC03)
Month
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1970
Mean Minimum
204
151
142
155
188
212
191
184
206
202
202
200
168
78
92
56
96
160
88
80
164
164
150
134
Maximum
248
204
192
198
220
228
232
220
220
226
230
230
Mean
178
157
150
206
193
192
179
200
174
230
225
177
1971
Minimum
102
90
66
172
146
164
142
160
118
216
150
94
Maximum
230
248
196
224
222
216
198
222
226
250
256
226
Mean
177
170
154
150
165
207
205
200
177
210
137
126
1972
Minimum
136
,100
98
68
110
172
180
142
82
204
66
50
Maximum
236
230
188
210
226
228
224
220
206
214
186
170
1973
Mean Minimum Maximum
159 72 230
149 71 194
150 93 199
152 141 171
199 175 240








Sampling occurred between 8:00 and 10;00 a.m.

-------
Co
O
                                        APPENDIX TABLE  5.   HARDNESS OF SHAYLER RUN, 1970-73"
                                                          (IN mg/l.  AS CaC03)
Month
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Mean
309
244
226
226
275
306
278
253
310
292
284
286
1970
Minimum
264
168
160
88
148
198
124
112
236
230
210
212
Maximum
350
316
288
302
320
352
336
310
350
342
316
320
Mean
253
234
221
298
266
277
271
287
236
310
316
240
1971
Minimum
168
150
110
254
210
236
204
214
186
300
224
148
Maximum
316
344
276
326
322
314
300
316
310
328
356
300
1972
Mean Minimum
255
250
231
205
242
289
301
307
272
305
178
180
200
160
148
102
170
236
270
222
144
298
106
84
Maximum
326
330
276
300
320
312
312
324
330
310
240
236
1973
Mean Minimum Maximum
219 118 282
203 114 268
206 134 276
207 190 244
260 220 284








                     'Sampling occurred between 8:00 and 10:00 a.m.

-------
00
                            APPENDIX TABLE  6.   DISSOLVED  OXYGEN CONTENT OF SHAYLER RUN, 1970-73C
                                                            (IN rog/l.)

Month
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Mean
12.
12.
11.
10.
8.
7.
6.
6.
5.
7.
9.
10.
1970
Minimum
6
4
3
2
8
0
9
7
9
6
2
4
12.0
10.5
8.0
8.6
7.0
6.0
5.0
5.8
5.3
6.2
7.3
8.2
Maximum
12.9
13.0
12.9
12.1
10.2
7.4
8.0
7.8
7.7
8.8
12.0
11.8
1971
Mean Minimum
11.7
11.7
10.9
8.7
7.8
6.4
6.7
7.3
7.3
9.0
10.6
11.2
10.3
10.8
9.4
7.3
6.6
5.9
6.0
6.5
4.8
7.8
8.2
10.0
Maximum
12.4
12.2
13.0
10.3
9.3
8.0
8.2
8.4
8.2
9.8
12.2
12.8
Mean
12.0
12.6
11.2
10.4
9.2
7.6
7.2
6.9
7.4
8.4
10.1
12.0
1972
Minimum
10.6
11.9
9.5
9.6
8.1
6.7
6.1
6.1
7.0
7.8
8.6
9.7
Maximum
13.2
13.4
13.1
11.1
10.6
9.4
8.6
8.0
8.1
9.3
11.2
13.4
1973
Mean Minimum Maximum
12.8 12.0 13.8
12.0 10.6 14.4
11.2 9.1 13.3
12.2 10.1 14.2
8.2 6.0 9.7







                   aSampling occurred between 8:00 and 10:00 a.m.

-------
APPENDIX TABLE 7.  CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SHAYLER RUN WATER BASED ON WEEKLY GRAB
                   SAMPLES AND EXPRESSED AS MONTHLY MEANS, 1968-72
Year /Month
1968
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1969
Jan.
Feb.
March
PH

7.8
8.0
7.8
7.9
7.8
8.1
7.8
7.8
7.8
7.6
7.8
7.6

7.7
7.8
7.7
Alkalinity
mg/Z. as
CaCOi

194
232
127
158
175
210
193
220
220
196
186
158

238
162
208
Hardness
mg/Z., as
CaC03

306
326
200
225
250
311
278
289
328
301
272
268

328
237
308
SC TS DS Ca Mg OP-P TP
umho/cm mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z-

595
679
469
518
550
787
840
842
1,060
956
743
532 378 366

580 457 446
468 361 346 95
567 475 471 89 23

-------
                APPENDIX  TABLE  7  (continued).   CHEMICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF SHAYLER RUN WATER BASED ON WEEKLY
                                    GRAB  SAMPLES AND  EXPRESSED  AS  MONTHLY MEANS,  1968-72
OO
Year /Month
1969
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1970
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
pH

7.7
7.7
7.8
7.6
7.8

8.1
8.1
8.0

8.1
7.8
8.0
8.3
8.1
Alkalinity
mg/Z. as
CaCO,

174
174
218
218
180

219
210
176

194
148
139
163
186
Hardness
mg/2., as

250
347
302
296
193

327
307
269

284
243
212
234
264
SC
umho/cm

502
518
781
883
722
772
930
841
853

862
678
530
526
613
TS
mg/Z.

364
370
505
552
538
617
634
501
467

468
384
340
431
411
DS
mg/Z.

356
348
505
535
504
587
620
492
447

464
383
277
322
401
Ca
mg/Z.

81
93
93
84
73
81
92
82
74

80
67
56
70
77
Mg OP-P TP
mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z.

19
21
21
18
17
18
21
19
17

18 1.9
14 1.0
12 0.6
13 1.1 1.5
14 1.9 1.9

-------
APPENDIX TABLE 7 (continued).  CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SHAYLER RUN WATER BASED ON WEEKLY
                    GRAB SAMPLES AND EXPRESSED AS MONTHLY MEANS, 1968-72
Year /Month
1970
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1971
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
PH

8.1
8.1
8.1
8.0
8.0
8.1
8.0

8.1
8.0
8.2
8.1
8.1
8.0
8.0
Alkalinity
mg/£. as
CaCO}

206
197
198
205
193
191
174

196
174
160
236
200
191
172
Hardness
mg/Z., as
CaC03

304
280
.268
308
276
257
247

272
251
230
312
278
275
269
SC
umho/cm

872
795
750
858
644
602
585

632
602
563
740
690
767
788
TS
mg/Z.

570
496
501
593
500
406
414

402
401
352
485
452
499
603
DS
mg/Z.

560
481
487
577
496
397
354

396
377
335
470
428
477
515
Ca
mg/Z-

89
84
84
93
83
78
77

81
74
66
89
81
84
83
Mg

18
18
18
20
19
18
17

18
16
15
21
19
19
18
OP-P
mg/Z.

3.8
4.3
3.9
5.4
5.3
2.3
2.0

1.2
1.3
0.7
2.6
2.6
3.8
5.2
TP
mg/Z.

4.0
4.4
4.0
5.4
5.1
2.5
2.3

1.6
1.6
1.0
2.6
2.7
3.8
5.4

-------
APPENDIX TABLE 7 (continued).  CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SHAYLER RUN WATER BASED ON WEEKLY.
                    GRAB SAMPLES AND EXPRESSED AS MONTHLY MEANS, 1968-72
Year /Month
1971
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1972
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
PH,

8.2
8.1
8.1
8.2
8.2

8.2
8.2
8.4
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.0
8.1
Alkalinity
mg/Z. as
CaC03

191
180
227
222
177

177
162
166
142
194
215
198
192
181
207
Hardness
mg/Z. , as
CaCO,

279
248
306
294
240

246
243
241
198
262
275
298
310
280
300
SC
umho/cm

725
617
797
780
553

614
623
612
477
616
594
813
1,009
866
813
TS
mg/Z-

545
345
480
473
354

374
396
356
442
397
479
556
651
587
537
DS
mg/Z.

496
397
468
467
340

356
366
339
280
367
461
517
620
558
527
Ca
mg/Z-

82
75
89
80
66

69
75
69
53
70
92
87
84
74
87
Mg

18
15
20
19
15

16
16
16
12
16
19
19
20
19
19
OP-P
mg/Z.

4.2
2.2
3.3
4.7
0.6

0.9
0.9
0.5
0.6
0.9
2.4
3.4
5.1
8.9
6.2
TP
mg/Z.

4.2
2.2
3.3
4.8
0.7

0.9
1.0
0.6
0.6
1.0
2.4
3.4
5.3
9.0
6.2

-------
00
          APPENDIX TABLE 7 (continued).  CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SHAYLER RUN WATER BASED ON WEEKLY
                              GRAB SAMPLES AND EXPRESSED AS MONTHLY MEANS, 1968-72

Year /Month
1972
Nov.
Dec.
Alkalinity
mg/Z. as
pH CaCO^

8.1 126
8.1 137
Hardness
mg/Z., as
CaCCh

185
188
SC
umho/cm

446
350
TS
mg/Z.

292
338
DS
mg/Z.

272
263
Ca
mg/Z.

56
57
Mg
tng/Z.

11
12
OP-P
mg/Z.

0.4
0.6
TP
mg/Z.

0.6
0.8

-------
                       APPENDIX TABLE 8.  CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR  SHAYLER RUN BASED ON WEEKLY
                                  GRAB SAMPLES AND EXPRESSED AS MONTHLY MEANS, 1970-73
00

Year /Month
1970
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1971
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
Na
mg/Z.

46
34
21
21
26
54
51
48
65
54
24
20

24
23
24
36
K
mg/Z.

5.0
4.4
4.2
3.8
4.0
8.2
10.7
7.8
9.0
8.4
4.6
4.3

5.1
3.8
3.5
5.1
CHD
mg/Z.

81
61
38
31
34
66
64
54
76
60
43
39

37
41
34
50
N03-N N02-N
mg/Z. mg/Z.

1.4 0.3
1.5 0.1
1.2 <0.1
0.5 <0.1
1.6 <0.1
4.1 <0.1
2.9 <0.1
3.4 <0.1
7.5 <0.1
5,5 <0.1
2.0 0.2
2.5 0.1

1.4 0.1
1.1 <0.1
0.6 0.1
3.0 <0.1
NH3-N
mg/Z.

2.2
0.4
0.4
0.9
0.5
<0.1
<0.1
0.2
0.1
1.4
1.8
1.6

2.6
1.9
0.9
0.4
ORG-N
mg/Z.

0.8
0.7
0.8
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.9
0.4
<0.1
0.3

0.5
0.6
0.5
0.4
TKN TP
mg/Z. mg/Z.

1.9
1.0
0.6
1.0
1.8
3.4
3.9
3.8
0.5 5.0
1.4 4.6
1.9 2.4
1.7 1.9

2.6 1.6
2.5 1.1
1.3 1.1
0.9 3.0
TOC Ca Mg
mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z.

6.6
5.7
8.0
5.5
6.0
5.6
6.2
4.3
6.0
7.3
7.0
7.3

5.4
7.4
5.1
5.7

-------
APPENDIX TABLE 8 (continued).  CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR SHAYLER RUN BASED ON WEEKLY
                 GRAB SAMPLES AND EXPRESSED AS MONTHLY MEANS, 1970-73
Year/Month
1971
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
1 — i
00
oo Dec.
1972
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Na

34
44
51
50
32
44
39
19

23
28
20
16
24
34
46
60
49
K
mg/Z.

5.2
6.2
7.9
7.9
5.2
6.2
6.3
3.9

3.8
3.6
2.2
2.6
5.0
5.0
7.6
10.9
10.8
CHD
mg/Z.

49
56
62
62
39
46
46
27

33
46
37
24
28
47
60
82
67
N03-N N02-N
mg/Z. mg/Z.

1.9 0.1
4.1 0.1
7.2 <0.1
4.2 <0.1
1.6 <0.1
2.3 <0.1
2.8 <0.1
1.4 <0.1

0.8 <0.1
1.8 <0.1
1.2 <0.1
0.8 0.2
1.5 <0.1
3.4 0.1
6.0 0.1
12.0 <0.1
6.8 O.I
NH3-N
mg/Z.

0.4
0,2
0.2
0.5
<0.1
0.1
0.4
0.3

0.4
0.5
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.1
0.4
0.1
ORG-N
mg/Z.

0.3
0.8
1.8
0.9
0.7
0.3
0.4
0.4

0.1
0.8
0.2
2.8
0.4
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
TKN
mg/ Z.

0.9
1.0
1.9
1.4
0.7
0.4
0.8
0.7

0.5
1.3
0.5
2.2
0.6
0.9
0.8
1.1
1.1
TP
me/Z.

2.9
3.6
4.9
4.4
2.2
3.1
3.8
0.9

1.0
1.1
0.6
0.7
1.2
3.0
4.2
6.8
6.5
TOC
mg/Z.

5.9
5.7
11.3
7.6
6.1
7.0
7.0
7.3

5.7
9.1
6.5
13.4
7.5
8.6
8.3
9.1
8.4
Ca Mg
mg / Z . mg / Z .




82
75
90
89
71

73
75
69
53
70
92
87
84
74




18
16
20
20
16

16
16
16
12
16
19
19
20
19

-------
              APPENDIX TABLE 8  (continued).  CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS  FOR  SHAYLER RUN BASED ON WEEKLY
                               GRAB  SAMPLES AND EXPRESSED AS MONTHLY MEANS,  1970-73
00

Year /Month
1972
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1973
Jan.
Feb.
March
Na K CHD
mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z.

47 8.4 56
15 2.8 22
15 2.9 22

20 2.2 26
20 3.2 30
19 2.0 30
N03-N N02-N NH3-N ORG-N
mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z.

5.4 0.1 0.6 1.0
1.3 <0.1 0.1 0.8
2.9 <0.1 0.5 0.6

1.2 <0.1 0.9 0.5
1.0 0.1 1.1 <0.1
1.2 <0.1 0.4 0.3
TKN TP TOG
mg/Z. mg/Z. mg/Z.

1.6 5.3 7.5
0.9 0.7 7.1
1.1 0.7 6.9

1.0 1.0 5.8
0.9 0.9 5.2
0.7 0.5 5.1
Ca Mg
mg/Z. mg/Z.

87
56
57

56
65
58

19
11
12

15
15
13

-------
APPENDIX TABLE 9.  METAL CONCENTRATIONS IN SHAYLER RUN, 1968-72
                          (AS yg/Z.)
Metal
Zn
Cd
Ar
B
P
Fe
Mo
Mn
VO
0 Al
Be
Cu
Ag
Ni
Co
Pb
Cr
V
Ba
Sr
5-17-68 10-30-68
<21 46
<21 <19
^107 <50
205 830
610 3,700
<]_~L 9
<43 61
<11 <9
<43 <37
<0.21 <0.19
<11 27
<2.1 <1.9
<21 <19
<21 <19
<43 <37
<11 <9
<43 <37
33 30
190 380
2-18-69
<20
<20
<100
260
940
130
110
48
190
1.0
13
<2.0
<20
30
60
19
<40
33
184
7-2-69
<23
<23
<50
490
1,200
240
55
70
245
<0.23
<11
<2.3
<23
<23
<45
<11
<45
38
320
10-21-69
125
<36
<50
1,360
7,150
820
<71
<18
750
<0.36
18
<3.6
<36
<36
<71
<18
<71
25
170
5-14-70
63
<17
<50
205
<85
1,165
<33
37
1,230
<0.17
25
<1.7
7
3
<50
<8
<33
36
155
11-5-70
<23
<23

-------
APPENDIX TABLE 9 (continued).  METAL CONCENTRATIONS IN SHAYLER RUN, 1968-72
                                (AS yg/Z.)
Metal
Zn
Cd
Ar
B
P
Fe
Mo
Mn
Al
Be
Cu
Ag
Ni
Co
Pb
Cr
V
Ba
Sr
3-12-71
<13
<13
<63
25
<63
590
<25
15
620
<0.13
<6
<1.3
<13
<13
<25
<6
<25
16
81
5-19-71
<22
<22
<50
300
585
17
<43
<11
<43
<0.22
1,000
<0.1
<20
<2
<20
<20
<40
<20
<40
24

5-12-72
<20
<20
<80
100

&0
20
<20
>1,000
<0.1
<20
<2
<20
<20
<40
<20
<40
20

6-1-72
<20
<20
<80
280

120
<20
<20
>1,000
<0.1
<20
<2
<20
<20
<40
<20
<40
20


-------
                                   TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
 1. REPORT NO.
  EPA-600/3-76-116
                                                           3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION-NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
 VALIDITY OF  LABORATORY TESTS FOR PREDICTING COPPER
 TOXICITY IN  STREAMS
                                     5. REPORT DATE
                                      December 1976 issuing date
                                     6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7.AUTHORO) jack  R.  Geckler,  William B. Horning, Timothy
 M. Neiheisel,  Quentin H.  Pickering, Ernest L. Robinson,
 Charles E.  Stepban
                                                          8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
 Newtown Fish  Toxicology Station
 Environmental Research Laboratory-Duluth
 3411 Church Street
 Cincinnati, Ohio   45244
                                     10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.

                                       1BA608
                                     11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

                                      NA
 12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 Environmental  Research Laboratory-Dul-uth, MN
 Office of  Research and Development
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
 Duluth, Minnesota   55804
                                     13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                                     Final Report  12/1967-5/1973
                                     14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE

                                         EPA/600/03
 15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
 16. ABSTRACT
      A  field  study was conducted on Shayler Run, in Clermont County, Ohio, to determine
  the'effects of  copper on the stream biota.  Copper was  added to the stream for 33
  months  to maintain a concentration of 120 yg/Z-., a concentration that was expected  to
  adversely affect  some species of fish and not others.   This natural stream received
  sewage  effluent containing a variety of compounds known to  affect acute copper toxici-
  ty.  All but  one  abundant species of fish in the stream and four of the five most
  abundant macroinvertebrates were adversely affected by  exposure to copper.  Direct
  effects on fish were death, avoidance, and restricted spawning.
      To determine the usefulness of laboratory  toxicity tests when establishing water
  quality criteria  for an aquatic ecosystem, acute and chronic tests with copper were
  conducted at  the  Newtown Fish Toxicology Station and on-site at Shayler Run with
  stream  species  and the fathead minnow.  The acute toxicity  of copper varied widely
  because of water  quality variations in the stream.  The chronic tests underestimated
  the in-stream toxicity by about two times because only  the  effects of copper on
  survival, growth,  and reproduction were measured.   Agreement between the predictions
 from laboratory toxicity tests and the observed effect  is surprisingly close
 considering the measurement errors involved.
 7.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
                                             b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS  C.  COSATI Field/Group
  *Copper
  *Toxicity
  *Fresh water fishes
  ^Invertebrates
  *Aquatic Biology
  Water pollution
*Field test
*Acute   Laboratory  tests
*Chronic
 Median lethal concentra-
   tion
 Macroinvertebrates

  Shayler Run
06S
06F
 06T
 RELEASE  TO  PUBLIC
                                               . SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
                                             UNCLASSIFIED
                                                  21. NO. OF PAGES

                                                     208
                                              0 SECURITY CLASS (This page)
                                             UNCLASSIFIED
                                                  22. PRICE
EPA
           (9-73)
                                            192
                                                                    ft U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1977-757-056/5470

-------